UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x
|
ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
o
|
TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period from ________ to _______
Commission file number: 000-51889
COMMUNITY PARTNERS BANCORP
|
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
|
New Jersey
|
|
20-3700861
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
|
|
1250 Highway 35 South, Middletown, NJ 07748
|
|
|
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)
|
|
|
(732) 706-9009
|
|
|
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
|
Common Stock, no par value
|
|
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
|
o
|
Accelerated filer
|
o
|
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
o
|
Smaller reporting company
|
x
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No x
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, is $31,844,466.
As of March 15, 2012, 7,959,549 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.
Documents incorporated by reference
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report and will be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2011.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
PART II |
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
PART III |
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
PART IV |
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
PART I
Forward-Looking Statements
When used in this and in future filings by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in our press releases and in oral statements made with the approval of one of our authorized executive officers, the words or phrases “will,” “will likely result,” “could,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “continues,” “expects,” “plans,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimated,” “project” or “outlook” or similar expressions (including confirmations by one of our authorized executive officers of any such expressions made by a third party with respect to us) are intended to identify statements constituting “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that are intended to come within the safe harbor protection provided by these sections. We wish to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, each of which speaks only as of the date made, even if subsequently made available on our website or otherwise. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical earnings and those presently anticipated or projected. The forward-looking statements are and will be based on management’s then-current views and assumptions regarding future events and operating performance, and are applicable only as of the dates of such statements.
Factors that may cause actual results to differ from those results expressed or implied, include, but are not limited to, those listed in this report under the heading “Risk Factors”; the ability of customers to repay their obligations; the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses; developments in the financial services industry and U.S. and global credit markets; changes in the direction of the economy nationally or in New Jersey; changes in interest rates; competition; loss of management and key personnel; government regulation; environmental liability; failure to implement new technologies in our operations; changes in our liquidity; changes in our funding sources; failure of our controls and procedures; disruptions of our operational systems and relationships with vendors; and our success in managing risks involved in the foregoing. Although management has taken certain steps to mitigate any negative effect of the aforementioned items, significant unfavorable changes could severely impact the assumptions used and have an adverse effect on profitability. Such risks and other aspects of our business and operations are described in Item 1. “Business”, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this report. We have no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances occurring after the date of such statements.
The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by Item 1A. “Risk Factors”, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other statements set forth in this report.
Community Partners Bancorp
Community Partners Bancorp, which we refer to herein as “Community Partners,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our,” is a business corporation organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey in August 2005. The principal place of business of Community Partners is located at 1250 Highway 35 South, Middletown, New Jersey 07748 and its telephone number is (732) 706-9009.
Effective December 31, 2008, Community Partners consolidated its two wholly owned bank subsidiaries, The Town Bank (“Town Bank”), based in Westfield, New Jersey, and Two River Community Bank (“Two River”), based in Middletown, New Jersey. The two banks had been under common ownership since Community Partners was organized to acquire them, in a transaction that took place in April 2006. The consolidation streamlined operations and created administrative efficiencies and reductions in overhead costs. As a result, there is now only one New Jersey state-chartered commercial bank, Two River Community Bank, which we also refer to herein as the “Bank.” The Town Bank branches had used the Town Bank name and had operated as a division of Two River Community Bank up until May 2009, when the Town Bank branches began operation under the Two River Community Bank title. The entire branch network comprises 15 branches in Monmouth and Union counties, New Jersey.
Other than its investment in the Bank, Community Partners currently conducts no other significant business activities. Community Partners may determine to operate its own business or acquire other commercial banks, thrift institutions or bank holding companies, or engage in or acquire such other activities or businesses as may be permitted by applicable law, although it has no present plans or intentions to do so. When we refer to the business conducted by Community Partners in this document, including any lending or other banking activities, we are referring to the business that Community Partners conducts through the Bank.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had consolidated assets of $674.6 million, total deposits of $553.9 million and shareholders’ equity of $87.1 million.
Employees
As of December 31, 2011, the Company and its subsidiaries had 138 full-time equivalent employees, of whom 133 were full-time and 10 were part-time. None of the Company's employees are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management of the Company and the Bank believe that, in general, their employee relations are good.
Two River Community Bank
Two River Community Bank was organized in January 2000 as a New Jersey state-chartered commercial bank to engage in the business of commercial and retail banking. As a community bank, the Bank offers a wide range of banking services including demand, savings and time deposits and commercial and consumer/installment loans to small and medium-sized businesses, not-for-profit organizations, professionals and individuals primarily in Monmouth, Middlesex and Union counties, New Jersey. The Bank also offers its customers numerous banking products such as safe deposit boxes, night depository, wire transfers, money orders, travelers checks, automated teller machines, direct deposit, telephone and internet banking and corporate business services. The Bank currently operates 15 banking offices in Monmouth and Union counties, New Jersey and a non-banking operations facility. The Bank’s principal banking office is located at 1250 Highway 35 South, Middletown, New Jersey. Other banking offices are located in Allaire, Atlantic Highlands, Cliffwood, Manasquan, Navesink, Port Monmouth, Red Bank, Tinton Falls (2), West Long Branch, Westfield (2), Cranford and Fanwood, New Jersey. The Bank also operates two regional lending offices in New Brunswick and Summit, New Jersey, for the purpose of expanding our presence in these communities.
We believe that the Bank’s customers still want to do business and have a relationship with their banker. To accomplish this objective, we emphasize to our employees the importance of delivering exemplary customer service and seeking out opportunities to build further relationships with the Bank’s customers. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to the statutory limits.
Competition
The Bank faces substantial competition for deposits and creditworthy borrowers. It competes with New Jersey and regionally based commercial banks, savings banks and savings and loan associations, as well as national financial institutions, most of which have assets, capital and lending limits greater in amount than that of the Bank. Other competitors include money market mutual funds, mortgage bankers, insurance companies, stock brokerage firms, regulated small loan companies, credit unions and issuers of commercial paper and other securities.
Products and Services
The Bank offers a full range of banking services to our customers. These services include a wide variety of business and consumer lending products as well as corporate services for businesses and professionals. We offer a range of deposit products including checking, savings and money market accounts plus certificates of deposit. The Bank also participates in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”), a service that enables us to provide our customers with additional FDIC insurance on certificate of deposit (“CD”) products. Other products and services include remote deposit capture, safe deposit boxes, ACH services, debit and ATM cards, gift cards, traveler’s checks, money orders, direct deposit and coin counting. We also offer customers the convenience of a full complement of internet banking services that allows them to check account balances, receive email alerts, transfer funds, initiate stop payment requests, re-order checks and pay bills. The Bank invested in several additional technology solutions for our customers in 2011, including an enhanced internet banking system that allows transfers between accounts outside of the Bank and a mobile banking solution that permits customers to view accounts, set up alerts and transfer funds within their accounts. We have installed “smart” ATM’s that accept deposits without envelopes. We will continue to look for solutions and enhancements that will provide additional convenience for our customers.
Lending Activities
The Bank engages in a variety of lending activities, which are primarily categorized as either commercial or residential real estate-consumer lending. The strategy is to focus our lending activities on small and medium-sized business customers and retain customers by offering them a wide range of products and personalized service. Commercial and real estate mortgage lending (consisting of commercial real estate, commercial business, construction and other commercial lending, including medical lending and private banking) are currently our main lending focus. Sources to fund loans are derived primarily from deposits, although we do occasionally borrow to fund loan growth or meet deposit outflows.
The Bank presently generates virtually all of our loans in the State of New Jersey, with a significant portion in Union and Monmouth counties. Loans are generated through marketing efforts, the Bank’s present base of customers, walk-in customers, referrals, the directors, founders and members of the Bank’s advisory boards. The Bank strives to maintain a high overall credit quality through the establishment of and adherence to prudent lending policies and practices. The Bank has an established written loan policy that has been adopted by the Board of Directors and is reviewed annually. Any loans to members of the Board of Directors or their affiliates must be reviewed and approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors in accordance with the loan policy as well as applicable state and federal laws. In accordance with our loan policy, approvals of affiliated transactions are made only by independent board members.
In managing the growth and quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio, we have focused on: (i) the application of prudent underwriting criteria; (ii) the active involvement by senior management and the Bank’s Board of Directors in the loan approval process; (iii) the active monitoring of loans to ensure timely repayment and early detection of potential problems; and (iv) a loan review process by an independent loan review firm, which conducts in-depth reviews of portions of the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis.
Our principal earning assets are loans originated or participated in by the Bank. The risk that certain borrowers will not be able to repay their loans under the existing terms of the loan agreement is inherent in the lending function. Risk elements in a loan portfolio include non-accrual loans (as defined below), past due and restructured loans, potential problem loans, loan concentrations (by industry or geographically) and other real estate owned acquired through foreclosure or a deed in lieu of foreclosure. Because the vast majority of the loans are made to borrowers located in Union and Monmouth counties, New Jersey, each loan or group of loans presents a geographical and credit risk based upon the condition of the local economy. The local economy is influenced by conditions such as housing prices, employment conditions and changes in interest rates.
Construction Loans
We originate fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans to individuals and builders to finance the construction of residential dwellings. We also originate construction loans for commercial development projects, including apartment buildings, restaurants, shopping centers and owner-occupied properties used for businesses. Our construction loans generally provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase which is usually twelve months for residential properties and twelve to eighteen months for commercial properties. At the end of the commercial construction phase, the loan generally converts to a permanent commercial loan. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by a bank approved independent licensed appraiser, appropriate environmental due diligence, an inspection of the property before disbursement of funds during the stages of the construction process, and pre-qualification from an identified source for the permanent takeout.
Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the building. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, we may be confronted, at or before the maturity of the loan, with a building having a value which is insufficient to assure full repayment. If we are forced to foreclose on a building before or at completion due to a default, there can be no assurance that we will be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs.
Commercial Loans
The Bank makes commercial business loans to professionals, sole proprietorships and small businesses in our market areas. We extend commercial business loans on a secured and unsecured basis. Secured commercial loans are generally collateralized by residential and nonresidential real estate, marketable securities, accounts receivable, inventory, industrial/commercial machinery and equipment, and furniture and fixtures. To further enhance our security position, we generally require personal guarantees of the principal owners of the entities to which we extend credit. These loans are made on both lines of credit and fixed-term basis ranging from one to five years in duration. When making commercial business loans, we consider the financial statements and/or tax returns of the borrower, the borrower’s payment history along with the principal owners’ payment history, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected cash flows of the business, the value of the collateral and the financial strength of the guarantor.
Commercial real estate loans are made to local commercial, retail and professional firms and individuals for the acquisition of new property or the refinancing of existing property. These loans are typically related to commercial businesses and secured by the underlying real estate used in these businesses or real property of the principals. These loans are generally offered on a fixed or variable rate basis, subject to rate re-adjustments every five years and amortization schedules ranging from 10 to 20 years.
Our established written underwriting guidelines for commercial loans are periodically reviewed and enhanced as needed. Pursuant to these guidelines, in granting commercial loans we look primarily to the borrower’s cash flow as the principal source of loan repayment. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors of loan relationships to provide annual financial statements, rent rolls and/or tax returns. Collateral and personal guarantees of the principals of the entities to which we lend are consistent with the requirements of our loan policy.
Commercial loans are often larger and may involve greater risks than other types of lending. Because payments of such loans are often dependent on the successful operation of the business involved, repayment of such loans may be more sensitive than other types of loans and are subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general economy. We are also involved with off-balance sheet financial instruments, which include collateralized commercial and standby letters of credit. We seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting guidelines and prudent risk management techniques. Any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value. Environmental surveys and inspections are obtained when circumstances suggest the possible presence of hazardous materials. There can be no assurances, however, of success in the efforts to minimize these risks.
Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income and which are secured by real property the value of which tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business operation. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself as the primary source of repayment. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.
Residential Real Estate and Consumer Loans
We offer a full range of residential real estate and consumer loans. These loans consist of residential mortgages, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans, personal loans, automobile loans and overdraft protection. We do not originate subprime or negative amortization loans.
Each residential mortgage loan is evidenced by a promissory note secured by a mortgage or deed of trust creating a first lien on one-to-four family residential property. Residential real estate properties underlying residential mortgage loans consist of single-family detached units, individual condominium units, two-to-four family dwelling units and townhouses.
Our home equity revolving lines of credit come with a floating interest rate tied to the prime rate. Lines of credit are available to qualified applicants in amounts up to $500,000 for up to 15 years. We also offer fixed rate home equity loans in amounts up to $350,000 for a term of up to 15 years. Credit is based on the income and cash flow of the individual borrowers, real estate collateral supporting the mortgage debt and past credit history.
Consumer loans may entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly. In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In addition, consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.
Participation Loans
The Bank underwrites all loan participations in accordance with our underwriting standards. We will not participate in a loan transaction unless each participant has a substantial interest in the loan relationship. In addition, we also consider the financial strength and reputation of the lead lender. To monitor cash flows on loan participations, we look for the lead lender to provide at a minimum, tax returns and annual financial statements for the borrower. Generally, we also conduct an annual internal loan review for participations.
Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Loans
In June 2010, the Bank announced the formation of the SBA Lending Division, which is consistent with the Bank’s mandate of community lending in Monmouth and Union County. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Bank achieved Preferred Lending status, which allows us to have delegated authority to approve and close SBA loans up to $5.0 million. Our risk philosophy in SBA lending is an extension of our existing credit culture and focused on the cash flow of the businesses while maintaining our commitment to providing small and mid-sized companies access to the credit they need to expand and hire.
Asset Quality
We believe that high asset quality is a key to long-term financial success. We have sought to grow and diversify the loan portfolio, while maintaining a high level of asset quality and moderate credit risk, using underwriting standards that we believe are conservative and diligent monitoring and collection efforts. As we continue to grow and leverage our capital, we envision that loans will continue to be our principal earning assets. An inherent risk in lending is the borrower’s ability to repay the loan under its existing terms. Risk elements in a loan portfolio include non-accrual loans (as defined below), past due and restructured loans, potential problem loans, loan concentrations (by industry or geographically) and other real estate owned acquired through foreclosure or a deed in lieu of foreclosure.
Non-performing assets include loans that are not accruing interest (non-accrual loans) as a result of principal or interest being in default for a period of 90 days or more, loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing and other real estate owned, which consists of real estate acquired as the result of a defaulted loan. When a loan is classified as non-accrual, interest accruals cease and all past due interest is reversed and charged against current income. Until the loan becomes current as to principal or interest, as applicable, any payments received from the borrower are applied to outstanding principal and fees and costs to the Bank, unless we determine that the financial condition of the borrower and other factors merit recognition of such payments as interest. During 2011, the Bank adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance on determination of whether a restructuring is a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The guidance was applicable to restructurings on or after January 1, 2011. A TDR is a loan in which the contractual terms have been modified resulting in the Bank granting a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulties in order for the Bank to have a greater opportunity of collecting the indebtedness from the borrower. Non-accruing TDR’s are included in non-performing loans. Non-performing assets are further discussed within the “Asset Quality” section under Item 7 of this report.
We utilize a risk system, as described below under the section titled “Allowance for Loan Losses”, as an analytical tool to assess risk and set appropriate reserves. In addition, the FDIC has a classification system for problem loans and other lower quality assets, classifying them as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” A loan is classified as “substandard” when it is inadequately protected by the current value and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans with this classification have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that some loss may occur if the deficiencies are not corrected. A loan is classified “doubtful” when it has all the weaknesses inherent in a loan classified as substandard with the added characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing factors, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. A loan is classified as “loss” when it is considered uncollectible and of such little value that the loan’s continuance as an asset on the balance sheet is not warranted.
In addition to categories for non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more that are still accruing interest, we maintain a “watch list” of performing loans where management has identified conditions which potentially could cause such loans to be downgraded into higher risk categories in future periods. Loans on this list are subject to heightened scrutiny and more frequent review by management. See Note 1-H in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.
Allowance for Loan Losses
We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level that we believe is adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Loan losses are charged directly to the allowance when they occur and any recovery is credited to the allowance when realized. Risks from the loan portfolio are analyzed on a continuous basis by the Bank’s senior management, outside independent loan review auditors, the directors’ loan committee, and the Board of Directors.
The level of the allowance is determined by assigning specific reserves to impaired loans and general reserves on all other loans. The portion of the allowance that is allocated to impaired loans is determined by estimating the inherent loss on each credit after giving consideration to the value of the underlying collateral. A risk system, consisting of multiple grading categories, is utilized as an analytical tool to assess risk and set appropriate general reserves. Along with the risk system, senior management evaluates risk characteristics of the loan portfolio under current and anticipated economic conditions and considers such factors as the financial condition of the borrower, past and expected loss experience, and other factors management feels deserve recognition in establishing an appropriate reserve. These estimates are reviewed at least quarterly, and as adjustments become necessary, they are realized in the periods in which they become known. Additions to the allowance are made by provisions charged to expense and the allowance is reduced by net charge-offs (i.e., loans judged to be uncollectible and charged against the reserve, less any recoveries on such loans).
Although management attempts to maintain the allowance at a level deemed adequate to cover any losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based upon any changes in market conditions, either generally or specific to our area, or changes in the circumstances of particular borrowers. In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses, and may require us to take additional provisions based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. See Note 1-I in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.
Risk Management
Managing risk is an essential part of a successful financial institution. Our most prominent risk exposures are credit risk, interest rate risk and market risk. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment when it is due. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as available for sale securities that are accounted for on a fair value basis. Other risks that we face are operational risks, liquidity risks and reputation risk. Operational risks include risks related to fraud, regulatory compliance, processing errors, and technology and disaster recovery. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors or borrowers. Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could cause a decline in our customer base or revenue.
Credit Risk Management
Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. The Bank internally conducts semi-annual commercial real estate stress testing. To further enhance our credit risk management strategy, we engage a third party loan review firm to provide additional portfolio surveillance. When a borrower fails to make a required loan payment, we take a number of steps to attempt to have the borrower cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. When the loan becomes 15 days past due, a late charge notice is generated and sent to the borrower and a representative of the Bank attempts to communicate by phone with the borrower to discuss the late payment. If payment is not then received by the 30th day of delinquency, a further notification is sent to the borrower. If no resolution can be achieved, after a loan becomes 90 days delinquent, we may commence foreclosure or other legal proceedings. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. We may consider loan workout arrangements with certain borrowers under certain circumstances.
Management reports to the Board of Directors monthly regarding the amount of loans delinquent more than 30 days, all loans in foreclosure and all foreclosed and repossessed property that we own.
Investment Portfolio
Our investment portfolio consists primarily of obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies as well as municipal and government authority bonds, with high grade corporate bonds accounting for less than 10% of the portfolio. Government regulations limit the type and quality of instruments in which the Company may invest its funds.
We conduct our asset/liability management through consultation with members of our Board of Directors, senior management and an outside financial advisor. The asset/liability investment committee, commonly known as an ALCO committee, is comprised of the president, senior officers and certain members of our Board of Directors. The ALCO committee, in consultation with our Board of Directors, is responsible for the review of interest rate risk and evaluates future liquidity needs over various time periods.
We have established a written investment policy which is reviewed annually by the ALCO committee and our Board of Directors that applies to Community Partners and the Bank. The investment policy identifies investment criteria and states specific objectives in terms of risk, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity and emphasizes the quality, term and marketability of the securities acquired for our investment portfolio.
The ALCO committee is responsible for monitoring the investment portfolio and ensuring that investments comply with the investment policy. The ALCO committee may from time to time consult with investment advisors. The Bank’s president and its chief financial officer working with the financial advisor may purchase or sell securities in accordance with the guidelines of the ALCO committee. The Board of Directors reviews the components, including new transactions of the investment portfolio on a monthly basis.
Deposit Products
We emphasize relationships with commercial and individual customers and seek to obtain transaction accounts, which are frequently non-interest bearing deposits or lower cost interest bearing checking, savings and money market deposit accounts.
Deposits are the primary source of funds used in lending and other general business purposes. In addition to deposits, we may derive additional funds from principal repayments on loans, the sale of investment securities and borrowings from other financial institutions. Loan amortization payments have historically been a relatively predictable source of funds. The level of deposit liabilities can vary significantly and is influenced by prevailing interest rates, money market conditions, general economic conditions and competition.
The Bank’s deposits consist of checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. During the first half of 2012, we expect to offer a suite of online only deposit products that we believe will be attractive to customers who prefer doing their banking online. All deposits, including the online accounts, are obtained from individuals, partnerships, corporations and unincorporated businesses in our market area. The Bank participates in CDARS, a service that enables us to provide our customers with additional FDIC insurance on CD products. We attempt to control the flow of deposits primarily by pricing our accounts to remain generally competitive with other financial institutions in our market area.
Business Growth Strategy
Our current plan for growth includes expanding our deposit product line and looking for opportunities to expand our branching network. We will focus on establishing a market presence in the communities between Union and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey by adding strategically located new office(s) and considering selective acquisitions that would be accretive to earnings within the first full year of combined operations. During 2011, the Bank opened two regional lending offices in New Brunswick and Summit, New Jersey, for the purpose of expanding our presence in these communities. We believe that this strategy will continue to build shareholder value and increase revenues and earnings per share by creating a larger base of lending and deposit relationships and achieving economics of scale and other efficiencies. Our efforts include looking for potential new retail banking offices in Middlesex County, New Jersey and other attractive markets where we have established lending relationships, as well as exploring opportunities to grow and add other profitable banking-related businesses. We believe that by establishing banking offices and making selective acquisitions in attractive growth markets while providing exemplary customer service, our core deposits will naturally increase. In addition, we will be launching online account opening capabilities in the first half of 2012 on our website to attract a wider consumer base with the convenience of being able to open deposit accounts 24 hours a day. Our current strategy is to permit account openings in existing and contiguous markets.
Supervision and Regulation
Overview
Community Partners operates within a system of banking laws and regulations intended to protect bank customers and depositors, and these laws and regulations govern the permissible operations and management, activities, reserves, loans and investments of the Company.
Community Partners is a bank holding company under the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHCA”), as amended by the Financial Modernization Act of 1999, known as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and is subject to the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). In general, the BHCA limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, and performing certain servicing activities for subsidiaries and, as a result of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amendments, permits bank holding companies that are also financial holding companies to engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of any company engaged in any activity, that is either (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (2) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. In order for a bank holding company to engage in the broader range of activities that are permitted by the BHCA for bank holding companies that are also financial holding companies, upon satisfaction of certain regulatory criteria, the bank holding company must file a declaration with the Federal Reserve Board that it elects to be a “financial holding company.” Community Partners does not presently intend to seek a “financial holding company” designation at this time, and does not believe that the current decision not to seek a financial holding company designation will adversely affect its ability to compete in its chosen markets. We believe that seeking such a designation for Community Partners would not position it to compete more effectively in the offering of products and services currently offered by the Bank. Community Partners is also subject to other federal laws and regulations as well as the corporate laws and regulations of New Jersey, the state of its incorporation.
The BHCA prohibits the Company, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to subsidiary banks. The BHCA requires prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board of the acquisition by the Company of more than five percent of the voting stock of any other bank. Satisfactory capital ratios, Federal Community Reinvestment Act ratings and anti-money laundering policies are generally prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to make acquisitions.
The Bank is a commercial bank chartered under the laws of the State of New Jersey and is subject to the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 (the “Banking Act”). As such, it is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and by the FDIC. Each of these agencies regulates aspects of activities conducted by the Bank and Community Partners, as discussed below. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
The following descriptions summarize the key laws and regulations to which the Bank is subject, and to which Community Partners is subject as a registered bank holding company. These descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations. Future changes in these laws and regulations, or in the interpretation and application thereof by their administering agencies, cannot be predicted, but could have a material effect on the business and results of Community Partners and the Bank.
Small Business Lending Fund
On August 11, 2011, the Company received $12 million under the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”). The SBLF was created in the fall of 2010 as part of the Small Business Jobs Act. The SBLF provides Tier 1 capital to community banks with assets of $10 billion or less, and provides incentives for making small business loans, defined as certain loans of up to $10 million to businesses with up to $50 million in annual revenues. In exchange for the $12 million, the Company issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) 12,000 shares of its Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, having a $1,000 liquidation preference per share (the “SBLF Preferred Shares”). The SBLF Preferred Shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.
Unlike the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Plan (“TARP CPP”), under the SBLF program, Treasury did not receive any warrants in exchange for SBLF funding. Dividend rates on the SBLF Preferred Shares will be determined by the bank’s lending practices with small business loans. The Company used a portion of the proceeds of the SBLF funds to redeem the full $9.0 million of its outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, Series A (the “TARP Preferred Shares”), previously issued to the Treasury under TARP CPP. The TARP Preferred Shares, issued under TARP CPP qualified as Tier 1 capital and paid cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years. Dividends on the TARP Preferred Shares were payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. As a result of the redemption of the TARP Preferred Shares, the Company is no longer subject to the executive compensation requirements in connection with the TARP CPP.
The noncumulative dividend rate on the SBLF Preferred Shares will be adjusted to reflect the amount of a change in the Company’s qualified small business lending from its baseline, determined based upon the Company’s qualified small business lending for each of the four full quarters ending June 30, 2010. Accordingly, the dividend rate will change as follows:
|
|
Dividend Rate Following Investment Date
|
Increase in Qualified Small Business Lending
from the Baseline
|
|
First 9
Quarters*
|
|
Quarter 10
to Year 4.5
|
|
After Year
4.5
|
0% or less
|
|
5%
|
|
7%
|
|
9%
|
More than 0%, but less than 2.5%
|
|
5%
|
|
5%
|
|
9%
|
2.5% or more, but less than 5%
|
|
4%
|
|
4%
|
|
9%
|
5% or more, but less than 7.5%
|
|
3%
|
|
3%
|
|
9%
|
7.5% or more, but less than 10%
|
|
2%
|
|
2%
|
|
9%
|
10% or more
|
|
1%
|
|
1%
|
|
9%
|
* For the first nine quarters, the dividend rate will be adjusted quarterly.
|
After 10 years, if the SBLF Preferred Shares are not redeemed, the dividend rate will increase to the highest possible dividend rate as permitted by the Company’s regulators. Dividends are payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year.
On October 31, 2011, the Company repurchased the outstanding warrant to purchase 311,972 additional shares of common stock previously issued to the Treasury as part of the original TARP funding for $460,000.
Incentive Compensation
In June 2010, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Currency Comptroller and FDIC issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. Also, in April 2011, the FDIC published a proposed interagency rule to implement certain incentive compensation requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the proposed rule, financial institutions must prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking that are deemed excessive or that may lead to material losses.
The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as us, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.
The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the near future. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the ability of the Company and the Bank to hire, retain and motivate their key employees.
Dividend Restrictions
The primary source of cash to pay dividends, if any, to the Company’s shareholders and to meet the Company’s obligations is dividends paid to the Company by the Bank. Dividend payments by the Bank to the Company are subject to the laws of the State of New Jersey, the Banking Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) and the regulation of the New Jersey State Department of Banking and Insurance and of the Federal Reserve. Under the Banking Act and the FDIA, a bank may not pay any dividends if, after paying such dividends, it would be undercapitalized under applicable capital requirements. In addition to these explicit limitations, the federal regulatory agencies are authorized to prohibit a banking subsidiary or bank holding company from engaging in unsafe or unsound banking practices. Depending upon the circumstances, the agencies could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.
It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available from the immediately preceding year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividend that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiary. A bank holding company may not pay dividends when it is insolvent.
The terms of the SBLF Preferred Shares impose limits on the ability of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares of common stock. Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Shares, no repurchases may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or paid on preferred shares ranking pari passu with the SBLF Preferred Shares, junior preferred shares, or other junior securities (including the common stock) during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay dividends on the SBLF Preferred Shares, except that, in any such quarter in which the dividend is paid, dividend payments on shares ranking pari passu may be paid to the extent necessary to avoid any resulting material covenant breach.
Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Shares, the Company may only declare and pay a dividend on the common stock or other stock junior to the SBLF Preferred Shares, or repurchase shares of any such class or series of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, the dollar amount of the Company’s Tier 1 Capital would be at least 90% of the Signing Date Tier 1 Capital, which is approximately $54.4 million, excluding any subsequent net charge-offs and any redemption of the SBLF Preferred Shares (the “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold”). Beginning on the first day of the eleventh dividend period, the amount of the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold will be reduced by 10% for each one percent increase in qualified small business lending from the baseline level through the ninth dividend period.
Community Partners did not pay any cash dividends to common shareholders in 2011 and does not contemplate the payment of cash dividends to common shareholders in 2012. On November 10, 2011, Community Partners declared a 3% stock dividend, which was distributed on December 30, 2011 to common shareholders of record as of December 13, 2011.
Transactions with Affiliates
Banking laws and regulations impose certain restrictions on the ability of bank holding companies to borrow from and engage in other transactions with their subsidiary banks. Generally, these restrictions require that any extensions of credit must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and be limited to (i) 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus per non-bank affiliated borrower, and (ii) 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus aggregated as to all non-bank affiliated borrowers. In addition, certain transactions with affiliates must be on terms and conditions, including credit standards, at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing for arms-length transactions.
FIRREA
Under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), a depository institution insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution in danger of default. These provisions have commonly been referred to as FIRREA’s “cross guarantee” provisions. Further, under FIRREA, the failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies available to federal regulatory authorities.
FIRREA also imposes certain independent appraisal requirements upon a bank’s real estate lending activities and further imposes certain loan-to-value restrictions on a bank’s real estate lending activities. The bank regulators have promulgated regulations in these areas.
Deposit Insurance
All U.S. banks are required to have their deposits insured by the FDIC. On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). As a result of changes made by the Dodd-Frank Act, the maximum amount of deposit insurance per depositor is $250,000, an increase from the old limit of $100,000. In addition, all non-interest bearing transaction account balances (basically, business checking accounts) are insured to an unlimited amount through 2012. The FDIC charges premiums or “assessments” to pay for the deposit insurance provided. In the past and up through the first quarter of 2011, deposit insurance assessment rates were based on the total deposits of a bank. Beginning with the second quarter of 2011 and thereafter, the assessments are based on the average total assets of a bank minus the bank’s average tangible equity.
Deposit insurance assessments have been “risk based,” in that the riskier a bank’s perceived business activities, the higher deposit insurance rate it has to pay. All banks are assigned to one of four “risk categories” by the FDIC, pursuant to their capital levels and examination results. The assignment to a particular risk category is made by the FDIC each quarter based on the most recent information available. Then, the FDIC applies certain adjustments to each bank based on its specific asset attributes to determine a final assessment ratio. Beginning with the second quarter of 2011, the assessment is based on assets, not deposits, and the assessment rates will range from 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points. (The actual dollar amount paid by each small bank is expected to be very close to the amounts paid when the assessment base was composed of deposits.) In addition, the assessment rate for large banks (those over $10 billion in assets) is derived from a formula that that further takes into account specific activities and asset quality of a particular bank. Our bank is well below the $10 billion threshold for this additional assessment calculation.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires the deposit insurance fund to reach a reserve level of 1.35% of all insured deposits by September 2020, and authorizes the FDIC to implement changes in assessment rates in order to achieve such level. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the FDIC to establish a “designated reserve ratio” (which the FDIC has now set at 2.0%), and to reduce or eliminate assessments if the designated reserve ratio is met. If the deposit fund reserve ratio is 2.5% or more, the FDIC is authorized, but not required, to return assessments to banks. Given that most experts believe that the deposit fund will continue to incur losses over the short term for bank failures that have occurred and will occur from the financial crisis, it is expected that all banks will have to pay significant amounts of deposit insurance assessments for the foreseeable future, with little likelihood of reductions in deposit insurance assessments (or return of assessments paid) unless there is a material improvement in the economy and the health of the financial industry.
Capital Adequacy
The Federal Reserve Board has adopted risk-based capital guidelines for banks and bank holding companies. The minimum guideline for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. At least half of the total capital is to be comprised of common stock, retained earnings, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other intangibles (“Tier 1 Capital”). The remainder may consist of other preferred stock, certain other instruments and a portion of the loan loss allowance (“Tier II Capital”). “Total Capital” is the sum of Tier I Capital and Tier II Capital.
In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for banks and bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average total assets of 3% for banks that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other banks and bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 3% plus an additional cushion of 100 to 200 basis points. At December 31, 2011, Community Partners’ leverage ratio was 10.39%. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and the continuing concern about the state of the financial industry, we expect that over the next few years, the Federal banking regulators will adopt changes (increases) to the capital requirements that apply to all banks.
The Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Capital Resource”. Both the Company and the Bank were “well-capitalized” at December 31, 2011.
Prompt Corrective Action
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA) requires federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Failure to meet minimum requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on Community Partners’ financial condition. Under the FDIA’s Prompt Corrective Action Regulations, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
The Prompt Corrective Action Regulations define specific capital categories based on an institution’s capital ratios. The capital categories, in declining order, are “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” The FDIA imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the capital category by which the institution is classified. Institutions categorized as “undercapitalized” or worse may be subject to requirements to file a capital plan with their primary federal regulator, prohibitions on the payment of dividends and management fees, restrictions on asset growth and executive compensation, and increased supervisory monitoring, among other things. Other restrictions may be imposed on the institution by the regulatory agencies, including requirements to raise additional capital, sell assets or sell the entire institution. Once an institution becomes “critically undercapitalized,” it generally must be placed in receivership or conservatorship within 90 days.
The Prompt Corrective Action Regulations provide that an institution is “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. The institution also may not be subject to an order, written agreement, and capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific level for any capital measure. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater (or a leverage ratio of 3.0% or greater if the institution is rated composite 1 in its most recent report of examination, subject to appropriate federal banking agency guidelines), and the institution does not meet the definition of a well-capitalized institution. An institution is deemed “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% (or a leverage ratio of 3.0% or greater if the institution is rated composite 1 in its most recent report of examination, subject to appropriate federal banking agency guidelines), and the institution does not meet the definition of a significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized institution. An institution is “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio less than 3.0% and the institution does not meet the definition of a critically undercapitalized institution, and is “critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.
The appropriate federal banking agency may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well-capitalized insured depository institution as adequately capitalized. The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not to treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than an institution’s capital levels.
Unsafe and Unsound Practices
Notwithstanding its Prompt Corrective Action Regulations category dictated by risk-based capital ratios, the FDIA permits the appropriate bank regulatory agency to reclassify an institution if it determines, after notice and a hearing, that the condition of the institution is unsafe or unsound, or if it deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. Also, if a federal regulatory agency with jurisdiction over a depository institution believes that the depository institution will engage, is engaging, or has engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice, the regulator may require that the bank cease and desist from such practice, following notice and a hearing on the matter.
The USA PATRIOT Act
On October 26, 2001, the President of the United States signed into law certain comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation known as the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act substantially broadened the scope of the U.S. anti-money-laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations on financial institutions, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The Treasury has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act to financial institutions such as the Bank. Those regulations impose new obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing.
Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act’s requirements could have serious legal consequences for the institution and adversely affect its reputation. Community Partners and the Bank adopted appropriate policies, procedures and controls to address compliance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act under the existing regulations and will continue to revise and update its policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA PATRIOT Act and by Treasury regulations.
Community Reinvestment Act
The Federal Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires banks to respond to the full range of credit and banking needs within their communities, including the needs of low and moderate-income individuals and areas. A bank’s failure to address the credit and banking needs of all socio-economic levels within its markets may result in restrictions on growth and expansion opportunities for the bank, including restrictions on new branch openings, relocation, formation of subsidiaries, mergers and acquisitions. Upon completion of a CRA examination, an overall CRA rating is assigned using a four-tiered rating system. These ratings are: Outstanding, Satisfactory, Needs to Improve, and Substantial Noncompliance.
In the latest CRA performance evaluation examination report with respect to the Bank, dated April 2, 2009, the Bank received a rating of Satisfactory.
Consumer Privacy
In addition to fostering the development of “financial holding companies,” the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act modified laws relating to financial privacy. Its financial privacy provisions generally prohibit financial institutions, including Community Partners and the Bank, from disclosing or sharing nonpublic personal financial information to third parties for marketing or other purposes not related to transactions, unless customers have an opportunity to “opt out” of authorizing such disclosure, and have not elected to do so. It has never been the policy of Community Partners or the Bank, to release such information except as may be required by law.
Loans to One Borrower
Federal banking laws limit the amount a bank may lend to a single borrower to 15% of the bank’s capital base, unless the entire amount of the loan is secured by adequate amounts of readily marketable collateral. However, no loan to one borrower may exceed 25% of a bank’s statutory capital, notwithstanding collateral pledged to secure it.
New Jersey banking law limits the total loans and extensions of credit by a bank to one borrower at one time to 15% of the capital funds of the bank when the loan is fully secured by collateral having a market value at least equal to the amount of the loans and extensions of credit. Such loans and extensions of credit are limited to 10% of the capital funds of the bank when the total loans and extensions of credit by a bank to one borrower at one time are fully secured by readily available marketable collateral having a market value (as determined by reliable and continuously available price quotations) at least equal to the amount of funds outstanding. This 10% limitation is separate from and in addition to the 15% limitation noted in the beginning of this paragraph. If a bank’s lending limit is less than $500,000, the bank may nevertheless have total loans and extensions of credit outstanding to one borrower at one time not to exceed $500,000. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s lending limit to one borrower was $11.3 million.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), which became law on July 30, 2002, created new legal requirements affecting corporate governance, accounting and corporate reporting for companies with publicly traded securities.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act provides for, among other things:
|
·
|
a prohibition on personal loans made or arranged by the issuer to its directors and executive officers (except for loans made by a bank subject to Regulation O);
|
|
·
|
independence requirements for audit committee members;
|
|
·
|
disclosure of whether at least one member of the audit committee is a “financial expert” (as such term is defined by the SEC) and if not, why not;
|
|
·
|
independence requirements for outside auditors;
|
|
·
|
certification of financial statements and reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;
|
|
·
|
the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement due to corporate misconduct;
|
|
·
|
disclosure of a code of ethics for financial officers and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code; and
|
|
·
|
various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws.
|
Additionally, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that a public company subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), include in its annual report (i) a management’s report on internal control over financial reporting assessing the company’s internal controls, and (ii) for larger publicly traded companies, an auditor’s attestation report, completed by the independent registered public accounting firm that prepares or issues an accountant’s report that is included in the company’s annual report, attesting to the effectiveness of management’s internal controls over financial reporting. Because we are neither a “large accelerated filer” nor an “accelerated filer”, compliance with the auditor’s attestation report requirement is not required.
All of the national stock exchanges, including the Nasdaq Capital Market where our common stock is listed, have implemented corporate governance rules, including rules strengthening director independence requirements for boards, and the adoption of charters for the nominating, corporate governance, and audit committees. The rule changes are intended to, among other things, make the Board of Directors independent of management and allow shareholders to more easily and efficiently monitor the performance of companies and directors. These increased burdens have increased our legal and accounting fees and the amount of time that our Board of Directors and management must devote to corporate governance issues.
Dodd-Frank Act
The Dodd-Frank Act, which was enacted in July 2010, significantly restructured financial regulation in the United States, including through the creation of a new resolution authority, mandating higher capital and liquidity requirements, and requiring banks to pay increased fees to regulatory agencies.
The implications of the Dodd-Frank Act for the Company’s businesses will depend to a large extent on the manner in which rules adopted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act are implemented by the primary U.S. financial regulatory agencies, as well as potential changes in market practices and structures in response to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and financial reforms in other jurisdictions. Among other things:
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on the Company’s interest expense.
|
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution.
|
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.
|
|
·
|
Bank and thrift holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, such as the Company, will be permitted to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010, as Tier 1 capital; however, trust preferred securities issued by a bank or thrift holding company (other than those with assets of less than $500 million) after May 19, 2010, will no longer count as Tier 1 capital. Trust preferred securities still will be entitled to be treated as Tier 2 capital.
|
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), and giving it responsibility for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer protection laws.
|
|
·
|
The “Durbin Amendment” provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act provided that debit card interchange fees must be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer with respect to the transaction. In June 2011, the Federal Reserve adopted regulations setting the maximum permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the issuer implements certain fraud-prevention standards.
|
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act created a new systemic risk oversight body, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), to oversee and coordinate the efforts of the primary U.S. financial regulatory agencies in establishing regulations to address financial stability concerns.
|
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act directs the FSOC to make recommendations to the Federal Reserve as to enhanced supervision and prudential standards applicable to large, interconnected financial institutions, including bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, and authorizes the Federal Reserve to establish such standards either on its own or upon the recommendations of the FSOC.
|
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions permitting national and insured state banks to engage in de novo interstate branching if, under the laws of the state where the new branch is to be established, as state bank chartered in that state would be permitted to establish a branch.
|
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act requires various U.S. financial regulatory agencies to implement comprehensive rules governing the supervision, structure, trading and regulation of swap and over the-counter derivative markets and participants. The Dodd-Frank Act requires a large number of rules in this area, many of which are not yet final.
|
|
·
|
The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal financial regulatory agencies to adopt rules that prohibit banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and sponsoring certain unregistered investment companies (defined as hedge funds and private equity funds), with implementation starting as early as July 2012. The statutory provision is commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule”. In October 2011, federal regulators proposed rules to implement the Volcker Rule. We do not currently anticipate that the Volcker Rule will have a material effect on our operations. However, until a final rule is adopted, the precise financial impact of the rule cannot be determined.
|
|
·
|
In October 2011, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule implementing resolution planning requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule requires bank holding companies with assets of $50 billion or more and nonbank financial firms designated by FSOC for supervision by the Federal Reserve to annually submit resolution plans to the FDIC and Federal Reserve. Each plan shall describe the company’s strategy for rapid and orderly resolution in bankruptcy during times of financial distress. Under the final rule, companies will submit their initial resolution plans on a staggered basis.
|
Executive Compensation. The Dodd-Frank Act provides for a say on pay for shareholders of all public companies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, each company must give its shareholders the opportunity to vote on the compensation of its executives at least once every three years. The Dodd-Frank Act also adds disclosure and voting requirements for golden parachute compensation that is payable to named executive officers in connection with sale transactions. For smaller reporting companies like us, we are not required to conduct say-on-pay and frequency votes until annual meetings occurring on or after January 21, 2013.
The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the SEC to issue rules directing the stock exchanges to prohibit listing classes of equity securities if a company’s compensation committee members are not independent. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that a company’s compensation committee may only select a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor after taking into consideration factors to be identified by the SEC that affect the independence of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor.
The SEC is required under the Dodd-Frank Act to issue rules obligating companies to disclose in proxy materials for annual meetings of shareholders information that shows the relationship between executive compensation actually paid to their named executive officers and their financial performance, taking into account any change in the value of the shares of a company’s stock and dividends or distributions.
The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the SEC must issue rules directing the stock exchanges to prohibit listing any security of a company unless the company develops and implements a policy providing for disclosure of the policy of the company on incentive-based compensation that is based on financial information required to be reported under the securities laws and that, in the event the company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the company will recover from any current or former executive officer of the company who received incentive-based compensation during the three-year period preceding the date on which the company is required to prepare the restatement based on the erroneous data, any exceptional compensation above what would have been paid under the restatement.
Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC, by rule, to require that each company disclose in the proxy materials for its annual meetings whether an employee or board member is permitted to purchase financial instruments designed to hedge or offset decreases in the market value of equity securities granted as compensation or otherwise held by the employee or board member.
The Dodd-Frank Act clarifies that the SEC may, but is not required to, promulgate rules that would require that a company’s proxy materials include a nominee for the board of directors submitted by a shareholder. Although the SEC promulgated rules to accomplish this, these rules were invalidated by a federal appeals court decision. The SEC has said that they will not challenge the ruling, but has not ruled out the possibility that new rules could be proposed.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires stock exchanges to have rules prohibiting their members from voting securities that they do not beneficially own (unless they have received voting instructions from the beneficial owner) with respect to the election of a member of the board of directors (other than an uncontested election of directors of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940), executive compensation or any other significant matter, as determined by the SEC by rule.
FDIC Matters and Resolution Planning. The Dodd-Frank Act creates an orderly liquidation process that the FDIC can employ for failing financial companies that are not insured depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the FDIC new authority to create a widely available emergency financial stabilization program to guarantee the obligations of solvent depository institutions and their holding companies and affiliates during times of severe economic stress. Additionally, Dodd-Frank also codifies many of the temporary changes that had already been implemented, such as permanently increasing the amount of deposit insurance to $250,000.
In September 2011, the FDIC approved an interim final rule that requires an insured depository institution with $50 billion or more in total assets to submit periodic contingency plans to the FDIC for resolution in the event of the institution’s failure. The rule became effective in January 2012, however, submission of plans will be staggered over a period of time. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is subject to this rule.
New laws or regulations or changes to existing laws and regulations (including changes in interpretation or enforcement) could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking and interpretation, and will take effect over several years. The overall financial impact on the Company and its subsidiaries or the financial services industry generally cannot be anticipated at this time.
Overall Impact of New Legislation and Regulations
Various legislative initiatives are from time to time introduced in Congress and in the New Jersey State Legislature. It cannot be predicted whether or to what extent the business and condition of Community Partners or the Bank will be affected by new legislation or regulations, and legislation or regulations as yet to be proposed or enacted. Given that the financial industry remains under stress and severe scrutiny, and given that the U.S. economy has not yet fully recovered to pre-crisis levels of activity, we fully suspect that there will be significant legislation and regulatory actions that will materially affect the banking industry generally and our bank specifically for the foreseeable future.
Available Information
The Company maintains a website at www.tworiverbank.com. The Company makes available on its website free of charge its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, Extensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”), a standards-based way to communicate and exchange business information between business systems, and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports which are filed with or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These documents are made available on the Company’s website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Also available on the website are our Code of Conduct, our Shareholder Communications Policy and the charters of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Audit Committee, and Compensation Committee.
The following are some important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those referred to or implied in any forward-looking statement. These are in addition to the risks and uncertainties discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company’s other filings with the SEC.
Our dependence on loans secured by real estate subjects us to risks relating to fluctuations in the real estate market and related interest rates and legislation that could result in significant additional costs and capital requirements that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Approximately 70.1% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011 was comprised of loans collateralized by real estate, with 100% of the real estate located in New Jersey. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. The real estate markets in New Jersey deteriorated in the last several years. A continued weakening of the real estate market in our primary market areas could have an adverse effect on the demand for new loans, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, the value of real estate and other collateral securing the loans and the value of real estate owned by us. As real estate values decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to make provisions for additional loan losses, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Current market conditions include an over-supply of land, lots and finished homes in many markets, including those where we do business. As of December 31, 2011, we had $51.2 million, or 9.6%, of our total loans in real estate construction loans. Of this amount, $1.9 million were land loans and $33.4 million were made to finance residential construction with an identified purchaser. Substantially all of these loans are located in Monmouth and Union counties, New Jersey. Further, $15.9 million of real estate construction loans were made to finance commercial construction. Construction loans are subject to risks during the construction phase that are not present in standard residential real estate and commercial real estate loans. These risks include:
|
·
|
the viability of the contractor;
|
|
·
|
the value of the project being subject to successful completion;
|
|
·
|
the contractor’s ability to complete the project, to meet deadlines and time schedules and to stay within cost estimates; and
|
|
·
|
concentrations of such loans with a single contractor and its affiliates.
|
Real estate construction loans also present risks of default in the event of declines in property values or volatility in the real estate market during the construction phase. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, we may not be able to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan, may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate amount of time. If any of these risks were to occur, it could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The federal banking agencies have issued guidance regarding high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within bank loan portfolios. The guidance requires financial institutions that exceed certain levels of commercial real estate lending compared with their total capital to maintain heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. If there is any deterioration in our commercial real estate or real estate construction portfolios or if our regulators conclude that we have not implemented appropriate risk management practices, it could adversely affect our business and result in a requirement of increased capital levels, and such capital may not be available at that time.
Our commercial real estate and commercial loans expose us to increased credit risks, and these risks will increase if we succeed in increasing these types of loans.
We focus our lending efforts on commercial-related loans and intend to grow commercial real estate and commercial loans further as a proportion of our portfolio. As of December 31, 2011, commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans totaled $407.6 million. In general, commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans yield higher returns and often generate a deposit relationship, but also pose greater credit risks than do owner-occupied residential real estate loans. As our various commercial-related loan portfolios increase, the corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans will also increase.
We make both secured and some unsecured commercial and industrial loans. Unsecured loans generally involve a higher degree of risk of loss than do secured loans because, without collateral, repayment is wholly dependent upon the success of the borrowers’ businesses. Secured commercial and industrial loans are generally collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and include a personal guaranty of the business owner. Compared to real estate, that type of collateral is more difficult to monitor, its value is harder to ascertain, it may depreciate more rapidly and it may not be as readily saleable if repossessed. Further, commercial and industrial loans generally will be serviced primarily from the operation of the business, which may not be successful, and commercial real estate loans generally will be serviced from income on the properties securing the loans.
Our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected if our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb actual losses or if we are required to increase our allowance.
Despite our underwriting criteria, we may experience loan delinquencies and losses. In order to absorb losses associated with non-performing loans, we maintain an allowance for loan losses based on, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions, and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. Determination of the allowance inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. At any time there are likely to be loans in our portfolio that will result in losses but that have not been identified as non-performing or potential problem credits. We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify deteriorating credits before they become non-performing assets or that we will be able to limit losses on those loans that are identified.
We may be required to increase our allowance for loan losses for any of several reasons. State and federal regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio as part of a regulatory examination, may request that we increase our allowance for loan losses. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in our allowance. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed our allowance for loan losses, we will need additional increases in our allowance for loan losses. Any increases in our allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in our net income and, possibly, our capital, and may materially affect our results of operations in the period in which the allowance is increased.
Negative developments in the financial services industry and the U.S. and global credit markets may adversely impact our operations and results.
Since 2008, negative developments in the capital markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general with the expectation of the general economic uncertainty continuing through much of 2011. Loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions resulting from, amongst other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting their loans. The competition for our deposits has increased significantly due to liquidity concerns at many of these same institutions. Stock prices of bank holding companies, like ours, have been negatively affected by the current condition of the financial markets, as has our ability, if needed, to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years. As a result, there is a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and financial institution regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement actions. Negative developments in the financial services industry and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments could negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance.
Difficult market conditions and economic trends in the real estate market have adversely affected our industry and our business.
We are particularly affected by downturns in the U. S. real estate market. Dramatic declines in the real estate market over the past two years, with decreasing property values and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, may have a negative impact on the credit performance of commercial and construction, mortgage, and consumer loan portfolios resulting in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans have declined and may continue to decline. General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increased unemployment levels may negatively impact the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs. Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. A worsening of these economic conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the industry. Our ability to properly assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions. Accordingly, if these market conditions and trends continue, we may experience increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to funds.
The Company’s profitability depends significantly on local economic conditions.
The Company’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the primary markets in New Jersey in which it operates and where its loans are concentrated. Unlike nationwide banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides banking and financial services to customers primarily in Monmouth and Union counties, New Jersey. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the Company’s commercial and industrial, real estate and construction loans, the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. In addition, if the population or income growth in the Company’s market areas is slower than projected, income levels, deposits and housing starts could be adversely affected and could result in a reduction of the Company’s expansion, growth and profitability. Although economic conditions in Monmouth and Union counties, New Jersey have not deteriorated to the same extent as in other areas of the country, such conditions could decline further. If the Company’s market areas experience a downturn or a recession for a prolonged period of time, the Company could experience significant increases in nonperforming loans, which could lead to operating losses, impaired liquidity and eroding capital. A significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, outbreaks of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment, monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The small to medium-sized businesses that the Company lends to may have fewer resources to weather a downturn in the economy, which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan to the Company that could materially harm the Company’s operating results.
The Company targets its business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses frequently have smaller market share than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience significant volatility in operating results. Any one or more of these factors may impair the borrower’s ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small to medium-sized business often depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group of persons, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay a loan. Economic downturns and other events that negatively impact the Company’s market areas could cause the Company to incur substantial credit losses that could negatively affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock. In addition, our future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions.
We have not paid any dividends to our holders of common stock in the past and we currently do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In the event that we decide to pay dividends, there are a number of restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. If we fail to pay dividends on our SBLF Preferred Shares, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock.
Our principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock will be cash dividends that we receive from the Bank. The payment of dividends by the Bank to us is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal and state banking laws, regulations and authorities. The federal banking statutes prohibit federally insured banks from making any capital distributions (including a dividend payment) if, after making the distribution, the institution would be “under capitalized” as defined by statute. In addition, the relevant federal regulatory agencies have authority to prohibit an insured bank from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice, as determined by the agency, in conducting an activity. The payment of dividends could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice, depending on the financial condition of the Bank. Regulatory authorities could impose administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us if such limits were deemed appropriate to preserve certain capital adequacy requirements.
The dividend rate on the SBLF Preferred Shares we issued in connection with the SBLF will fluctuate initially from 1% to 5% based on our level of “Qualified Small Business Lending,” or “QSBL,” as compared to our “baseline” level. The cost of the capital we received from the SBLF Preferred Shares will increase if the level of our “QSBL” as of June 30, 2013 does not represent an increase from our “baseline” level. This cost also will increase if we have not redeemed the SBLF Preferred Shares within 4.5 years of the closing of the SBLF transaction.
The per annum dividend rate on the SBLF Preferred Shares can fluctuate on a quarterly basis during the first ten quarters during which the SBLF Preferred Shares is outstanding, based upon changes in the amount of qualified small business lending (QSBL), as defined in the Supplemental Reports related to the SBLF transaction, from a “baseline” level (QSBL Baseline). The dividend rate for the initial dividend period was 3.2% per annum. For the second dividend period through the tenth dividend period, the annual dividend rate may be adjusted to between 1% and 5%, to reflect the amount of percentage change in the Bank’s level of QSBL from the QSBL Baseline to the level as of the end of the second quarter preceding the dividend period in question. For the eleventh dividend period through 4.5 years after the closing of the SBLF transaction, the annual dividend rate will be fixed at between 1% and 5%, based upon the percentage increase in QSBL from the QSBL Baseline to the level as of the end of the ninth dividend period (i.e., as of September 30, 2013); however, if there is no increase in QSBL from the QSBL Baseline to the level as of the end of the ninth dividend period (or if QSBL has decreased during that time period), the dividend rate will be fixed at 7%. Further, the potential dividend rate reduction in any period is limited, such that the reduction will not apply to any Series B Preferred Stock proceeds that exceed the dollar amount of the increase in QSBL for that period as compared to the QSBL Baseline.
In addition, if our QSBL is not above the QSBL Baseline at the end of March 31, 2013, because of our participation in TARP CPP, we must also pay a lending incentive fee of 2% per annum (payable quarterly), calculated based on the liquidation value of the outstanding SBLF Preferred Shares as of the end of that quarter, beginning with dividend payment dates on or after April 1, 2014 and ending on April 1, 2016. After 4.5 years from the closing of the SBLF transaction, the annual dividend rate will be fixed at 9%, regardless of the level of QSBL. Depending on our financial condition at the time, any such increases in the dividend rate could have a material negative effect on our liquidity.
Future dividend payments and common stock repurchases are subject to certain restrictions by the terms of the Secretary of the Treasury’s equity investment in us.
Under the terms of the SBLF, for so long as any preferred stock issued under the SBLF remains outstanding, we are prohibited from making a dividend payment or share repurchase if, after the payment or repurchase, our Tier 1 capital would not be at least 90% of the amount existing at the time immediately after September 27, 2011, excluding any subsequent net charge-offs and partial repayments of the SBLF funding. This 90% limitation will decrease by a dollar amount equal to 10% of the SBLF funding for every 1% increase in QSBL that we have achieved over the QSBL Baseline. These restrictions will no longer apply to us after we have repaid the SBLF funding in full.
Failure to pay dividends on our SBLF Preferred Shares may have negative consequences, including external involvement in the Company’s board of directors.
If dividends on the SBLF Preferred Shares are not paid in full for six quarterly dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, and if the aggregate liquidation preference amount of the then-outstanding shares of SBLF Preferred Shares is at least $25.0 million, the total number of positions on our board of directors will automatically increase by two and the holders of the SBLF Preferred Shares, acting as a single class, will have the right to elect two individuals to serve in the new director positions. This right and the terms of such directors will end when we have paid full dividends for at least four consecutive quarterly dividend periods. If full dividends have not been paid on the SBLF Preferred Shares for five or more quarterly dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, we must invite a representative selected by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of SBLF Preferred Shares, voting as a single class, to attend all meetings of our board of directors in a nonvoting observer capacity. Any such representative would not be obligated to attend any board meeting to which he or she is invited, and this right will end when we have paid full dividends for at least four consecutive dividend periods.
Our preferred shares impact net income available to our common stockholders and our earnings per share.
The dividends declared on the SBLF Preferred Shares reduce net income available to common shareholders and our earnings per common share. The SBLF Preferred Shares will also receive preferential treatment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Changes in interest rates could reduce our income, cash flows and asset values.
Our income and cash flows and the value of our assets depend to a great extent on the difference between the interest rates we earn on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence not only the interest we receive on our loans and investment securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings but will also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and the value of our investment portfolio. If the rate of interest we pay on our deposits and other borrowings increases more than the rate of interest we earn on our loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore our earnings, could be adversely affected. Our earnings also could be adversely affected if the rates on our loans and other investments fall more quickly than those on our deposits and other borrowings.
Competition may decrease our growth or profits.
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors, including commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, factoring companies, leasing companies, insurance companies and money market mutual funds. There is very strong competition among financial services providers in our principal service area. Our competitors may have greater resources, higher lending limits or larger branch systems than we do. Accordingly, they may be able to offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.
In addition, some of the financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on federally insured financial institutions such as the Bank. As a result, those non-bank competitors may be able to access funding and provide various services more easily or at less cost than we can, adversely affecting our ability to compete effectively.
We rely on our management and other key personnel, and the loss of any of them may adversely affect our operations.
We are and will continue to be dependent upon the services of our executive management team. The Company’s performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. There is intense competition in the financial services industry for qualified employees. In addition, the Company faces increasing competition with businesses outside the financial services industry for the most highly skilled individuals. The unexpected loss of services of any key management personnel or commercial loan officers could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition because of their skills, knowledge of our market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. The Company’s business operations could be adversely affected if it were unable to attract new employees and retain and motivate its existing employees.
We may be adversely affected by government regulation.
The banking industry is heavily regulated. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect the federal deposit insurance funds and depositors, not shareholders. Changes in the laws, regulations, and regulatory practices affecting the banking industry may increase our costs of doing business or otherwise adversely affect us and create competitive advantages for others. Regulations affecting banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and we cannot predict the ultimate effect of these changes, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability or financial condition.
The anti-money laundering, or AML, and bank secrecy, or BSA, laws have imposed far-reaching and substantial requirements on financial institutions. The enforcement policy with respect to AML/BSA compliance has been vigorously applied throughout the industry, with regulatory action taking various forms. We believe that our policies and procedures with respect to combating money laundering are effective and that our AML/BSA policies and procedures are reasonably designed to comply with current applicable standards. We cannot provide assurance that in the future we will not face a regulatory action, adversely affecting our ability to acquire banks or open new branches.
Environmental liability associated with lending activities could result in losses.
In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing our loans. If hazardous substances were discovered on any of these properties, we could be liable to governmental entities or third parties for the costs of remediation of the hazard, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Many environmental laws can impose liability regardless of whether we knew of, or were responsible for, the contamination. In addition, if we arrange for the disposal of hazardous or toxic substances at another site, we may be liable for the costs of cleaning up and removing those substances from the site even if we neither own nor operate the disposal site. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially limit use of properties we acquire through foreclosure, reduce their value or limit our ability to sell them in the event of a default on the loans they secure. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability.
Failure to implement new technologies in our operations may adversely affect our growth or profits.
The market for financial services, including banking services and consumer finance services is increasingly affected by advances in technology, including developments in telecommunications, data processing, computers, automation, Internet-based banking and telebanking. Our ability to compete successfully in our markets may depend on the extent to which we are able to exploit such technological changes. However, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to properly or timely anticipate or implement such technologies or properly train our staff to use such technologies. Any failure to adapt to new technologies could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.
A limited market exists for our common stock.
Our common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market on April 4, 2006 and trading volumes since that time have been modest. The limited trading market for our common stock may cause fluctuations in the market value of our common stock to be exaggerated, leading to price volatility in excess of that which would occur in a more active trading market. Accordingly, you may have difficulty selling our common stock at prices which you find acceptable or which accurately reflect the value of the Company.
We are subject to liquidity risk.
Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they become due, capitalize on growth opportunities as they arise, or pay regular cash dividends because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding in a timely basis, at a reasonable cost and within acceptable risk tolerances.
Liquidity is required to fund various obligations, including credit commitments to borrowers, mortgage and other loan originations, withdrawals by depositors, repayment of borrowings, dividends to shareholders, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Liquidity is derived primarily from retail deposit growth and retention; principal and interest payments on loans; principal and interest payments on and the sale, maturity and prepayment of investment securities; net cash provided from operations and access to other funding sources.
Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as evidenced by turmoil faced by banking organizations in 2008 in the domestic and worldwide credit markets.
Future offerings of debt or other securities may adversely affect the market price of our stock.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources or, if our or the Bank’s capital ratios fall below the required minimums, we or the Bank could be forced to raise additional capital by making additional offerings of debt or preferred equity securities, including medium-term notes, trust preferred securities, senior or subordinated notes and preferred stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution.
The Company may lose lower-cost funding sources.
Checking, savings, and money market deposit account balances and other forms of customer deposits can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, the Company could lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing its funding costs and reducing the Company’s net interest income and net income.
The Company is subject to operational risk.
The Company faces the risk that the design of its controls and procedures, including those to mitigate the risk of fraud by employees or outsiders, may prove to be inadequate or are circumvented, thereby causing delays in detection of errors or inaccuracies in data and information. Management regularly reviews and updates the Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Company’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
The Company may also be subject to disruptions of its systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control (including, for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to losses in service to customers and to financial loss or liability. The Company is further exposed to the risk that its external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as is the Company) and to the risk that the Company’s (or its vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate.
Not applicable.
The following table provides certain information with respect to properties used by the Company or the Bank in their operations:
Office Location
|
|
Address
|
|
Description
|
|
Opened
|
The Bank’s Main Office:
|
|
1250 Highway 35 South
Middletown, NJ
|
|
5,300 sq. ft. first-floor stand- alone building (leased)
|
|
02/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operations Center:
|
|
178 Office Max Plaza
Suite 3-A
Eatontown, NJ
|
|
7,200 sq. ft.
shopping center (leased)
|
|
06/02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allaire:
|
|
Monmouth Executive Airport
229 Airport Road, Bldg 13
Farmingdale, NJ
|
|
3,800 sq. ft. building (leased)
|
|
02/04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Atlantic Highlands:
|
|
84 First Avenue
Atlantic Highlands, NJ
|
|
700 sq. ft. store front (leased)
|
|
03/02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cliffwood:
|
|
Angel Street & Route 35
Aberdeen, NJ
|
|
2,500 sq. ft. building (leased)
|
|
11/04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cranford Office:
|
|
104 Walnut Avenue
Cranford, NJ
|
|
800 sq. ft. storefront
(leased)
|
|
11/07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fanwood:
|
|
328 South Avenue
Fanwood, NJ
|
|
2,966 sq. ft. stand-alone building (leased)
|
|
03/08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manasquan:
|
|
240 Route 71
Manasquan, NJ
|
|
4,300 sq. ft. stand-alone building (leased)
|
|
06/08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Navesink:
|
|
East Pointe Shopping Center
2345 Route 36
Atlantic Highlands, NJ
|
|
2,080 sq. ft in strip shopping center (leased)
|
|
09/05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Port Monmouth:
|
|
357 Highway 36
Port Monmouth, NJ
|
|
2,180 sq. ft. stand-alone building (leased)
|
|
06/01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Red Bank:
|
|
City Centre Plaza
100 Water Street
Red Bank, NJ
|
|
512 sq. ft. in strip shopping center (leased)
|
|
09/02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tinton Falls:
|
|
4050 Asbury Avenue
Tinton Falls, NJ
|
|
3,400 sq. ft. stand-alone building (leased)
|
|
10/06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tinton Falls:
|
|
656 Shrewsbury Avenue
Tinton Falls, NJ
|
|
3,650 sq. ft. stand-alone building (leased)
|
|
08/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
West Long Branch:
|
|
359 Monmouth Road
West Long Branch, NJ
|
|
3,100 sq. ft. in strip shopping center (leased)
|
|
01/04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Westfield:
|
|
520 South Avenue
Westfield, NJ
|
|
3,000 sq. ft. stand-alone building (leased)
|
|
10/98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Westfield:
|
|
44 Elm Street
Westfield, NJ
|
|
3,000 sq. ft. downtown building (owned)
|
|
04/01
|
The Company owns property located at 245-249 North Avenue in Cranford, New Jersey, which is classified as assets held for sale in other assets. The Company executed a lease for 17,626 square feet of office space located at 766 Shrewsbury Avenue in Tinton Falls, New Jersey to be used as the future site for corporate offices and Bank operations. The term of the lease is 10.5 years with an anticipated start date in October 2012.
The Company may, in the ordinary course of business, become a party to litigation involving collection matters, contract claims and other legal proceedings relating to the conduct of its business. The Company may also have various commitments and contingent liabilities which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2011, we were not involved in any material legal proceedings.
Not applicable
PART II
The common stock of the Company trades on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “CPBC”. The following are the high and low sales prices per share, which have been adjusted for the 3% stock dividend declared November 10, 2011.
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
5.19
|
|
|
$
|
4.34
|
|
|
$
|
3.56
|
|
|
$
|
2.83
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
5.06
|
|
|
|
4.32
|
|
|
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
3.44
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
5.10
|
|
|
|
4.38
|
|
|
|
5.09
|
|
|
|
3.51
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
4.47
|
|
|
|
5.11
|
|
|
|
4.38
|
|
As of March 15, 2012, there were approximately 561 record holders of the Company’s common stock.
On November 10, 2011, Community Partners declared a 3% stock dividend, which was paid on December 30, 2011 to shareholders of record as of December 13, 2011.
Community Partners did not pay any cash dividends to common shareholders in 2011. In addition, please refer to the discussion under the heading “Dividend Restrictions” for restrictions on the payment of cash dividends.
Not required.
The following management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is intended to provide a better understanding of the significant changes and trends relating to the financial condition, results of operations, capital resources, liquidity and interest rate sensitivity of Community Partners Bancorp as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years then ended. The following information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, including the related notes thereto.
Executive Summary
The Company reported net income to common shareholders of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to a net income to common shareholders of $3.0 million in 2010, an increase of $455,000, or 15.0%. Basic and diluted earnings per common share after preferred stock dividends and accretion were both $0.44 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to basic and diluted earnings of $0.39 per common share for the same period in 2010. As a result of the TARP CPP redemption, the remaining discount accretion of $301,000, or $0.04 per diluted share, on the associated preferred stock was recognized during the third quarter 2011. Net income to common shareholders excluding the accelerated discount accretion (non-GAAP) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $3.8 million, or $0.48 per diluted share. For the year ended December 31, 2011, net interest income increased by $723,000, or 2.9%, to $25.8 million from $25.1 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our results for 2011 were primarily affected by increased net interest income and non-interest income due primarily to the strong loan and core deposit growth, a decrease in the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest income due primarily to net securities gains, gains on the sale of SBA loans and net gains on sale of OREO properties. These increases were partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense primarily due to higher salary and benefit costs resulting in part to the expansion of our lending division, as well as an increase in OREO and loan workout expenses. All per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 3% and 5% stock dividends paid by Community Partners in 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Total assets increased by $37.7 million, or 5.9%, to $674.5 million at December 31, 2011 from $636.8 million at December 31, 2010. The increase in total assets was primarily the result of the strong deposit growth which helped fund the strong loan and investment securities growth during the year.
Total loans amounted to $530.1 million at December 31, 2011, which was an increase of $17.1 million, or 3.3%, compared to the December 31, 2010 amount of $513.0 million. During 2011, $1.7 million of net loans were transferred to other real estate owned. The Company continues to provide commercial and consumer lending to our market customers in addition to maintaining our high credit standards in a challenging market. The allowance for loan losses totaled $7.3 million, or 1.38% of total loans, at December 31, 2011, compared to $6.2 million or 1.22% of total loans, at December 31, 2010. The increase in the allowance for loan losses is the result of growth in the loan portfolio and an increase in impaired loans requiring specific reserves.
Deposits increased to $553.9 million at December 31, 2011 from $524.5 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $29.4 million, or 5.6%. The increase in deposits is primarily attributable to the growth in our core checking deposits resulting primarily from increased business and consumer activity.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The following discussion is based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.
Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements contains a summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies. Management believes the following critical accounting policies encompass the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Allowance for Loan Losses. Management believes our policy with respect to the methodology for the determination of the allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) involves a high degree of complexity and requires management to make difficult and subjective judgments which often require assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. Changes in these judgments, assumptions or estimates could materially impact the results of operations. This critical policy and its application are reviewed quarterly with our audit committee and Board of Directors.
Management is responsible for preparing and evaluating the ALLL on a quarterly basis in accordance with Bank policy, and the Interagency Policy Statement on the ALLL released by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on December 13, 2006 as well as GAAP. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover specifically identifiable loan losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable. The allowance for loan losses is based upon management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance account, including an assessment of known and inherent risks in the portfolio, giving consideration to the size and composition of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, level of delinquencies, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be assured, the existence and estimated net realizable value of any underlying collateral and guarantees securing the loans, and current economic and market conditions. Although management utilizes the best information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short term change. Various regulatory agencies may require us and our banking subsidiaries to make additional provisions for loan losses based upon information available to them at the time of their examination. Furthermore, the majority of our loans are secured by real estate in New Jersey, primarily in Monmouth and Union counties. Accordingly, the collectability of a substantial portion of the carrying value of our loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in local market conditions and may be adversely affected should real estate values decline or the New Jersey and/or our local market areas experience economic shock.
Stock Based Compensation. Stock based compensation cost has been measured using the fair value of an award on the grant date and is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. The fair value of each option is amortized into compensation expense on a straight-line basis between the grant date for the option and each vesting date. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The model requires the use of numerous assumptions, many of which are highly subjective in nature.
Goodwill Impairment. Although goodwill is not subject to amortization, the Company must test the carrying value for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of our reporting unit be compared to the carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. Our reporting unit was identified as our community bank operations. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the book value, no write-down of recorded goodwill is necessary. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense may be required on the Company’s books to write-down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value. Impairment testing during 2011 and 2010 for goodwill and intangibles was completed and the Company did not require any impairment charge during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Investment Securities Impairment Valuation. Securities are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when market conditions warrant such an evaluation, to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. The analysis of other-than-temporary impairment requires the use of various assumptions including, but not limited to, the length of time the investment’s book value has been greater than fair value, the severity of the investment’s decline and the credit deterioration of the issuer. For debt securities, management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell the security and (b) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. These steps are done before assessing whether the entity will recover the cost basis of the investment.
In instances when a determination is made that an other-than-temporary impairment exists but the investor does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security prior to its anticipated recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”). OREO includes real estate acquired through foreclosure. Real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. When a property is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Operating results from real estate owned including rental income, operating expenses, and gains and losses realized from the sales of real estate owned are recorded as incurred. OREO is periodically reviewed to ensure that the fair value of the property supports the carrying value.
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax effects of temporary differences, net operating loss carry forwards and tax credits. Deferred tax assets are subject to management’s judgment based upon available evidence that future realization is more likely than not. If management determines that we may be unable to realize all or part of net deferred tax assets in the future, a direct charge to income tax expense may be required to reduce the recorded value of the net deferred tax asset to the expected realizable amount.
Results of Operations
Our principal source of revenue is net interest income, the difference between interest income on interest earning assets and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. Interest earning assets consist primarily of loans, investment securities and federal funds sold. Sources to fund interest earning assets consist primarily of deposits and borrowed funds. Our net income is also affected by our provision for loan losses, non-interest income and non-interest expenses. Non-interest income consists primarily of service charges, commissions and fees, while non-interest expenses are comprised of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy costs and other operating expenses.
The following table provides certain performance ratios for the dates and periods indicated.
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on average assets
|
|
|
0.65
|
%
|
|
|
0.56
|
%
|
|
|
(0.82
|
%)
|
Return on average tangible assets (1)
|
|
|
0.67
|
%
|
|
|
0.57
|
%
|
|
|
(0.85
|
%)
|
Return on average equity
|
|
|
5.16
|
%
|
|
|
4.60
|
%
|
|
|
(6.29
|
%)
|
Return on average tangible equity (1)
|
|
|
6.64
|
%
|
|
|
6.05
|
%
|
|
|
(8.95
|
%)
|
Net interest margin
|
|
|
4.21
|
%
|
|
|
4.15
|
%
|
|
|
3.69
|
%
|
Average equity to average assets
|
|
|
12.54
|
%
|
|
|
12.08
|
%
|
|
|
13.03
|
%
|
Average tangible equity to average tangible assets (1)
|
|
|
10.02
|
%
|
|
|
9.45
|
%
|
|
|
9.54
|
%
|
|
(1)
|
The following table provided the reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for the dates indicated:
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
3,494
|
|
|
$
|
3,039
|
|
|
$
|
(5,651
|
)
|
Effect of accelerated portion of discount accretion
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
excluding accelerated discount accretion
|
|
$
|
3,795
|
|
|
$
|
3,039
|
|
|
$
|
(5,651
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
(0.73
|
)
|
Effect of accelerated portion of discount accretion
|
|
|
.04
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
excluding accelerated discount accretion
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
(0.73
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on average assets
|
|
|
0.65
|
%
|
|
|
0.56
|
%
|
|
|
(0.82
|
%)
|
Effect of intangible assets
|
|
|
0.02
|
%
|
|
|
0.01
|
%
|
|
|
(0.03
|
%)
|
Return on average tangible assets
|
|
|
0.67
|
%
|
|
|
0.57
|
%
|
|
|
(0.85
|
%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on average equity
|
|
|
5.16
|
%
|
|
|
4.60
|
%
|
|
|
(6.29
|
%)
|
Effect of average intangible assets
|
|
|
1.48
|
%
|
|
|
1.45
|
%
|
|
|
(2.66
|
%)
|
Return on average tangible equity
|
|
|
6.64
|
%
|
|
|
6.05
|
%
|
|
|
(8.95
|
%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average equity to average assets
|
|
|
12.54
|
%
|
|
|
12.08
|
%
|
|
|
13.03
|
%
|
Effect of intangible assets
|
|
|
(2.52
|
%)
|
|
|
(2.63
|
%)
|
|
|
(3.49
|
%)
|
Average tangible equity to average tangible assets
|
|
|
10.02
|
%
|
|
|
9.45
|
%
|
|
|
9.54
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This Report contains certain financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting policies in the United States (GAAP). These non-GAAP financial measures are “net income available to common shareholders excluding accelerated discount accretion,” “diluted earnings per common share excluding accelerated discount accretion,” “return on average tangible assets,” “return on average tangible equity,” and “average tangible equity to average tangible assets.” This non-GAAP disclosure has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s results as reported under GAAP, nor is it necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Our management uses these non-GAAP measures in its analysis of our performance because it believes these measures are material and will be used as a measure of our performance by investors.
We anticipate that our performance ratios will remain challenged as we expect income from continuing operations in 2012 to continue to be impacted by poor economic conditions in the New Jersey real estate market, high unemployment and low consumer confidence. In addition, should a further general decline in economic conditions in New Jersey continue throughout 2012 and beyond, the Company may suffer higher default rates on its loans, decreased value of assets it holds as collateral, and reduced loan originations as we continue to pursue only quality loans based on our guidelines.
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Net Income
The Company reported net income to common shareholders of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to a net income to common shareholders of $3.0 million in 2010, an increase of $455,000, or 15.0%. Basic and diluted earnings per common share after preferred stock dividends and accretion were both $0.44 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to basic and diluted earnings of $0.39 per common share for the same period in 2010. As a result of the TARP CPP redemption, the remaining discount accretion of $301,000, or $0.04 per diluted share, on the associated preferred stock was recognized during the third quarter 2011. Net income to common shareholders excluding the accelerated discount accretion (non-GAAP) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $3.8 million, or $0.48 per diluted share. The primary reasons for the increase in net income was due to an improvement in our net interest income resulting primarily from loan and core deposit growth, a decrease in the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest income due primarily to securities gains, gains on sale of SBA loans and net gains on the sale of OREO properties. These increases were partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense primarily due to higher salary and benefit costs resulting in part to the expansion of our lending division, as well as an increase in OREO and loan workout expenses.
Net Interest Income
For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized net interest income of $25.8 million, as compared to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our net interest income increased $723,000, or 2.9%, primarily as a result of lower deposit rates, higher level of core checking deposits and an improvement in the mix of average interest-earning assets. As general economic conditions continued to remain weak, the Federal Reserve kept short term interest rates at 0.25% throughout 2011. Our average earning assets increased by $9.3 million, or 1.5%, to $613.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $603.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, while our net interest spread increased by 7 basis points to 3.99% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 3.92% for the same period in 2010. The net interest margin increased by 6 basis points to 4.21% for year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 4.15% for the same period in 2010, primarily as a result of both lower deposit costs and growth in core deposits, specifically checking accounts.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, total interest income decreased to $31.0 million from $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This slight decrease of $233,000, or 0.7%, was primarily due to interest rate-related decreases in interest income of $692,000, partially offset by volume-related increases in interest income of $459,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year. The average yield on our interest earning assets decreased by 12 basis points to 5.06% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 5.18% for the prior year.
Interest and fees on loans decreased by $169,000, or 0.6%, to $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $29.6 million for the same period in 2010. Of the $169,000 decrease in interest and fees on loans, $446,000 was attributable to rate-related decreases partially offset by $277,000 of volume-related increases. The average balance of the loan portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $4.8 million, or 0.9%, to $519.4 million from $514.6 million for the same period in 2010. The average annualized yield on the loan portfolio decreased to 5.66% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 5.75% for the same period in 2010. The average balance of non-accrual loans remained unchanged at $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The average balance in OREO amounted to $7.8 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which impacted the Company’s loan yield for both periods presented.
Interest income on Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits was $103,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a decrease of $2,000, or 1.9%, from $105,000 for the same period in 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2011, Federal funds sold had an average balance of $3.1 million with an average annualized yield of 0.22%, compared to $12.7 million with an average annualized yield of 0.21%, for the same period in 2010. During the second quarter of 2011, in order to maximize earnings on excess liquidity and increased safety of our funds, the Bank transferred its entire Federal funds sold balance to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, which paid a higher return than our correspondent banks. Accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2011, interest bearing deposits had an average balance of $37.8 million and an average annualized yield of 0.25% as compared to $30.8 million and an average annualized yield of 0.25% in 2010.
Interest income on investment securities totaled $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1.6 million for year ended December 31, 2010. The $62,000 decrease in interest income on investment securities was primarily attributable to new purchases which replaced maturities, calls, principal paydowns and sales of existing securities. These new purchases were made at lower rates resulting from the lower rate environment, therefore causing the decline in interest income. For the year ended December 31, 2011, investment securities had an average balance of $52.9 million with an average annualized yield of 2.90%, compared to an average balance of $45.9 million with an average yield of 3.48%, for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Total interest expense amounted to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $6.2 million for the corresponding period in 2010, a decrease of $956,000, or 15.4%. Of this decrease in interest expense, $1.0 million was due to rate-related decreases on interest-bearing liabilities primarily resulting from lower deposit costs. This decrease was partially offset by $72,000 of volume-related increases on interest-bearing liabilities.
The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased to $491.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $490.7 million for the same period last year, an increase of $829,000, or 0.2%. The average balance in NOW deposits during 2011 increased $8.8 million from $48.6 million with an average annualized yield of 0.61% for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $57.4 million with an average annualized yield of 0.45% for the same period in 2011. Additionally, the average balance on savings deposit accounts increased from $199.4 million with an average annualized yield of 1.11% for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $199.6 million with an average annualized yield of 0.86% for the year ended December 31, 2011. During 2011, average demand deposits reached $86.7 million, an increase of $8.6 million, or 11.1%, over the same period last year. These average balance increases were partially offset by decreases in certificates of deposit by $1.6 million, or 1.4%, to $116.3 million with an average annualized yield of 1.89% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $117.9 million with an average annualized yield of 1.94% for the same period in 2010. Average money market deposits decreased by $11.6 million, or 11.6%, to $88.1 million with an average annualized yield of 0.58% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $99.7 million with an average annualized yield of 0.89% for the same period in 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the average yield on our interest-bearing liabilities was 1.07%, compared to 1.26% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Our strategies for increasing and retaining core relationship deposits, managing loan originations within our acceptable credit criteria and loan category concentrations, and our planned branch network growth have combined to meet our liquidity needs. The Company also offers agreements to repurchase securities, commonly known as repurchase agreements, to its customers as an alternative to other insured deposits. Average balances of repurchase agreements for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to $16.6 million, with an average interest rate of 0.71%, compared to $15.4 million, with an average interest rate of 1.07%, for the same prior year period.
The Company also utilizes FHLB term borrowings as an additional funding source. Average FHLB term borrowings increased to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, with an average yield of 3.21%, compared to $9.7 million, with an average yield of 3.60%, for the same prior year period.
The following table reflects, for the periods presented, the components of our net interest income, setting forth: (1) average assets, liabilities, and shareholders’ equity, (2) interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, (3) average yields earned on interest-earning assets and average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, (4) our net interest spread (i.e., the average yield on interest-earning assets less the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities), and (5) our yield on interest-earning assets. There have been no tax equivalent adjustments made to yields.
|
|
Years ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Average
balance
|
|
|
Interest
income/
expense
|
|
|
Average
rates
earned/
paid
|
|
|
Average
balance
|
|
|
Interest
income/
expense
|
|
|
Average
rates
earned/
paid
|
|
|
Average
balance
|
|
|
Interest
income/
expense
|
|
|
Average
rates
earned/
paid
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except for percentages)
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-Earning Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest bearing deposits in banks
|
|
$ |
37,801 |
|
|
$ |
96 |
|
|
|
0.25% |
|
|
$ |
30,808 |
|
|
$ |
78 |
|
|
|
0.25% |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Federal funds sold
|
|
|
3,145 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0.22% |
|
|
|
12,704 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
0.21% |
|
|
|
35,610 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
0.17% |
|
Investment securities
|
|
|
52,932 |
|
|
|
1,534 |
|
|
|
2.90% |
|
|
|
45,885 |
|
|
|
1,596 |
|
|
|
3.48% |
|
|
|
57,512 |
|
|
|
2,397 |
|
|
|
4.17% |
|
Loans, net of unearned fees (1) (2)
|
|
|
519,364 |
|
|
|
29,409 |
|
|
|
5.66% |
|
|
|
514,553 |
|
|
|
29,578 |
|
|
|
5.75% |
|
|
|
484,258 |
|
|
|
27,726 |
|
|
|
5.73% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
613,242 |
|
|
|
31,046 |
|
|
|
5.06% |
|
|
|
603,950 |
|
|
|
31,279 |
|
|
|
5.18% |
|
|
|
577,380 |
|
|
|
30,182 |
|
|
|
5.23% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Interest-Earning Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan loss
|
|
|
(6,682 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,869 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,887 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
59,723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,913 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$ |
666,283 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
651,254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
624,406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW deposits
|
|
$ |
57,378 |
|
|
|
257 |
|
|
|
0.45% |
|
|
$ |
48,638 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
0.61% |
|
|
$ |
40,763 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
|
0.78% |
|
Savings deposits
|
|
|
199,641 |
|
|
|
1,720 |
|
|
|
0.86% |
|
|
|
199,380 |
|
|
|
2,212 |
|
|
|
1.11% |
|
|
|
176,199 |
|
|
|
3,186 |
|
|
|
1.81% |
|
Money market deposits
|
|
|
88,095 |
|
|
|
508 |
|
|
|
0.58% |
|
|
|
99,659 |
|
|
|
882 |
|
|
|
0.89% |
|
|
|
97,794 |
|
|
|
1,592 |
|
|
|
1.63% |
|
Time deposits
|
|
|
116,331 |
|
|
|
2,202 |
|
|
|
1.89% |
|
|
|
117,946 |
|
|
|
2,288 |
|
|
|
1.94% |
|
|
|
130,373 |
|
|
|
3,186 |
|
|
|
2.44% |
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
|
|
16,593 |
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
0.71% |
|
|
|
15,367 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
1.07% |
|
|
|
15,233 |
|
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
1.79% |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
433 |
|
|
|
3.21% |
|
|
|
9,719 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
3.60% |
|
|
|
7,500 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
4.03% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
|
|
|
491,538 |
|
|
|
5,238 |
|
|
|
1.07% |
|
|
|
490,709 |
|
|
|
6,194 |
|
|
|
1.26% |
|
|
|
467,862 |
|
|
|
8,857 |
|
|
|
1.89% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand deposits
|
|
|
86,687 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,052 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
4,525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,854 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,992 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Non-Interest-Bearing Liabilities
|
|
|
91,212 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,906 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,181 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’ Equity
|
|
|
83,533 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,639 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,363 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
|
|
$ |
666,283 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
651,254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
624,406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
25,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
25,085 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
21,325 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INTEREST SPREAD (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.99% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.92% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.34% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INTEREST MARGIN (4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.21% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.15% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.69% |
|
(1)
|
Included in interest income on loans are loan fees.
|
(2)
|
Includes non-performing loans.
|
(3)
|
The interest rate spread is the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
|
(4)
|
The interest rate margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets.
|
Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the amounts of the total change in net interest income that can be attributed to changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the amount of the change that can be attributed to changes in interest rates.
|
|
Years ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011 vs. 2010
|
|
2010 vs. 2009
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) due to change in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
volume
|
|
|
Average
rate
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Average
volume
|
|
|
Average
rate
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Interest Earned On:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest bearing deposits in banks
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
Federal funds sold
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
Investment securities
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(485
|
)
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
|
|
(801
|
)
|
Loans, net of unearned fees
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
(446
|
)
|
|
|
(169
|
)
|
|
|
1,735
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest Income
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
|
(692
|
)
|
|
|
(233
|
)
|
|
|
1,212
|
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
1,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Paid On:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW deposits
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
Savings deposits
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(495
|
)
|
|
|
(492
|
)
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
(1,393
|
)
|
|
|
(974
|
)
|
Money market deposits
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(272
|
)
|
|
|
(374
|
)
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
(740
|
)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
Time deposits
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
(594
|
)
|
|
|
(898
|
)
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
(108
|
)
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest Expense
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
(1,028
|
)
|
|
|
(956
|
)
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
(2,960
|
)
|
|
|
(2,663
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Interest Income
|
|
$
|
387
|
|
|
$
|
336
|
|
|
$
|
723
|
|
|
$
|
915
|
|
|
$
|
2,845
|
|
|
$
|
3,760
|
|
The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated proportionally to both, based on their relative absolute values.
Provision for Loan Losses
Our provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $2.2 million, as compared to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The $2.2 million provision for 2011 was primarily due to our assessment of the current state of the economy, prolonged high levels of unemployment in our market, allowances related to impaired loans as well as the change in the loan portfolio composition during 2011. The provision for loan losses is determined by an allocation process whereby an estimated allowance is allocated to the specific allowance for impaired loans and the general allowance for pools of loans. The allocation reflects management’s assessment of economic conditions, credit quality and other risk factors inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses totaled $7.3 million, or 1.38% of total loans at December 31, 2011, compared to $6.2 million or 1.22% of total loans, at December 31, 2010. The increase of $1.1 million in the allowance for loan losses is primarily due to the additional provision of $2.2 million recorded during 2011, partially offset by net loan charge-offs and partial write-downs of $1.3 million and $111,000 in recoveries.
In management’s opinion, the allowance for loan losses, totaling $7.3 million at December 31, 2011, is adequate to cover losses inherent in the portfolio. In the current interest rate and credit quality environment, our prudent risk management philosophy has been to stay within our established credit culture. We anticipate increased loan volume during 2012 as we continue to target credit worthy customers that have become dissatisfied with their relationships with larger institutions. Management will continue to review the need for additions to our allowance for loan losses based upon its ongoing review of the loan portfolio and credit quality trends, the level of delinquencies as well as general market and economic conditions.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income amounted to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase of $766,000, or 39.1%, was primarily due to $324,000 of gains resulting from the sale of securities available for sale during 2011 as compared to no gains in 2010, $101,000 of gains on the sale of SBA loans as compared to no gains in 2010 and $381,000 of net gains resulting from the sale of six OREO properties with a carrying value of $2.5 million as compared to $48,000 in 2010. Other increases included $33,000 in service fees on deposit accounts and higher bank-owned life insurance income of $16,000, resulting from increased purchases of such investments during 2011. These increases were partially offset by a $134,000 decrease primarily in origination fees resulting from lower loan volume in our residential loan department as well as a decrease in loan exit and prepayment fees. Additionally, the Company did not record any impairment charge on securities as compared to a $72,000 charge in 2010. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairments at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when the economic and market concerns warrant such evaluations.
Non-Interest Expenses
The following table provides a summary of non-interest expenses by category for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.
|
|
Years ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
Salaries and employee benefits
|
|
$ |
10,539 |
|
|
$ |
9,460 |
|
|
$ |
1,079 |
|
|
|
11.4 |
% |
Occupancy and equipment
|
|
|
3,205 |
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
|
|
(134 |
) |
|
|
-4.0 |
% |
Professional fees
|
|
|
851 |
|
|
|
936 |
|
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
|
-9.1 |
% |
Advertising and marketing
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
-3.0 |
% |
Data processing
|
|
|
641 |
|
|
|
613 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
% |
Insurance
|
|
|
390 |
|
|
|
383 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
FDIC insurance and assessments
|
|
|
673 |
|
|
|
975 |
|
|
|
(302 |
) |
|
|
-31.0 |
% |
Outside service fees
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
-6.6 |
% |
Amortization of identifiable intangibles
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
-15.9 |
% |
OREO expenses, OREO impairment and loan workout
|
|
|
817 |
|
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
54.4 |
% |
Other operating
|
|
|
1,510 |
|
|
|
1,322 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
14.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Non-Interest Expenses
|
|
$ |
19,474 |
|
|
$ |
18,480 |
|
|
$ |
994 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
% |
Non-interest expenses for year ended December 31, 2011 increased $994,000, or 5.4%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Salaries and employee benefits increased $1.1 million, or 11.4%, primarily due to higher salary and benefit costs resulting in part to the expansion of our lending division, annual salary merit increases and rising medical costs as well as the $280,000 benefit recorded during 2010 from the forfeiture of certain deferred compensation plan benefits to officers whom are no longer employed with the Bank. The number of our full-time equivalent employees decreased from 148 at December 31, 2010 to 138 at December 31, 2011. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company streamlined the branch network resulting in a reduction in staff of eight full-time equivalent employees. Loan workout and OREO expenses increased $288,000, or 54.4%, primarily due to $275,000 of impairments relating to three existing OREO properties as well as an increase in carrying costs and workout expenses relating to our impaired loans and OREO assets. Other operating expenses increased $188,000, or 14.2% primarily due to the $100,000 write-down on a property held-for-sale. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in occupancy and equipment expense of $134,000, or 4.0%, primarily due to lower depreciation expense resulting from fully depreciated fixed assets. Professional and outside service fees, which combined declined $115,000, or 8.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same prior year period, primarily due to lower legal costs, auditing fees, network processing charges and appraisal costs. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance and assessments decreased $302,000, or 31.0%, primarily due to the change in assessment calculation from a deposit based calculation to an asset based less Tier 1 capital calculation. Amortization of intangible assets, which was the result of The Town Bank acquisition in 2006, amounted to $201,000 during 2011 as compared to $239,000 in 2010.
Income Tax Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $2.5 million in income tax expense, compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate for 2011 was 37.1% as compared to 33.8%. The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily due to a higher level of taxable income in 2011 as compared to 2010.
Financial Condition
December 31, 2011 Compared to December 31, 2010
Assets
At December 31, 2011, total assets were $674.6 million, an increase of $37.8 million, or 5.9% compared to total assets of $636.8 million at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, total loans were $530.1 million, an increase of $17.1 million, or 3.3%, from the $513.0 million reported at December 31, 2010. Investment securities were $62.8 million at December 31, 2011 as compared to $47.3 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $15.5 million, or 32.8%. At December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents totaled $38.0 million compared to $34.4 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $3.6 million, or 10.5%, as our liquidity position continues to remain strong at December 31, 2011. Goodwill totaled $18.1 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Liabilities
Total deposits increased $29.4 million, or 5.6%, to $553.9 million at December 31, 2011, from $524.5 million at December 31, 2010. Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds. The Company’s strategic initiative will continue to stay focused in growing market share through core deposit relationships. The Company anticipates continued loan demand increases during 2012 and beyond, and will depend on the expansion and maturation of the branch network as its primary funding source. As a secondary funding source, the Company intends to utilize borrowed funds at opportune times during changing rate cycles. The Company continues to experience change in the mix of the deposit products through its branch sales efforts, which are targeted to gain market penetration. In order to fund future quality loan demand, the Company intends to raise the most cost-effective funding available within the market area.
Securities Portfolio
Investment securities, including restricted investments, totaled $62.8 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $47.3 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $15.5 million, or 32.8%. Investment securities purchases amounted to $37.0 million, while repayments, calls and maturities amounted to $17.8 million. In 2011, there were nine sales of securities available-for-sale totaling $4.0 million resulting in a gain on sale of $324,000 as compared to no sales during 2010.
The Company maintains an investment portfolio to fund increased loans and liquidity needs (resulting from decreased deposits or otherwise) and to provide an additional source of interest income. The portfolio is composed of obligations of the U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored entities, municipal securities and a limited amount of corporate debt securities. All of our mortgage-backed investment securities are collateralized by pools of mortgage obligations that are guaranteed by privately managed, U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (“GSE”), such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Government National Mortgage Association. Due to these GSE guarantees, these investment securities are susceptible to less risk of non-performance and default than other corporate securities which are collateralized by private pools of mortgages. At December 31, 2011, the Company maintained $21.9 million of GSE residential mortgage-backed securities in the investment portfolio and $17.2 million of collateralized residential mortgage obligations, all of which are current as to payment of principal and interest and are performing to the terms set forth in their respective prospectuses.
Included within the Company’s investment portfolio are trust preferred securities, which consists of four single issue securities and one pooled issue security. These securities have an amortized cost value of $3.1 million and a fair value of $2.1 million at December 31, 2011. The unrealized loss on these securities is related to general market conditions, the widening of interest rate spreads and downgrades in credit ratings. The single issue securities are from large money center banks. The pooled instrument consists of securities issued by financial institutions and insurance companies, and we hold the mezzanine tranche of such security. Senior tranches generally are protected from defaults by over-collateralization and cash flow default protection provided by subordinated tranches, with senior tranches having the greatest protection and mezzanine tranches subordinated to the senior tranches. For the pooled trust preferred security, management reviewed expected cash flows and credit support and determined it was not probable that all principal and interest would be repaid. In this pooled trust preferred security, there are 36 of 43 banks and insurance companies that are performing at December 31, 2011. The deferrals and defaults as a percentage of original collateral at December 31, 2011 was 27.7%. As the Company does not intend to sell this security and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell this security, the total other-than-temporary impairment on this security was $411,000 at December 31, 2011, of which $228,000 was determined to be a credit loss and charged to operations in previous years and $183,000 was determined to be non-credit related and included in the other comprehensive income component.
Management evaluates all securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic and market concerns warrant such evaluations. As of December 31, 2011, all of these securities are current with their scheduled interest payments, with the exception of the one pooled trust preferred security with an amortized cost basis of $272,000 at December 31, 2011, which has been remitting reduced amounts of interest as some individual participants of the pool have deferred interest payments. Future deterioration in the cash flow of these instruments or the credit quality of the financial institution issuers could result in additional impairment charges in the future.
The Company accounts for its investment securities as available for sale or held to maturity. Management determines the appropriate classification at the time of purchase. Based on an evaluation of the probability of the occurrence of future events, we determine if we have the ability and intent to hold the investment securities to maturity, in which case we classify them as held to maturity. All other investments are classified as available for sale.
Securities classified as available for sale must be reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of taxes. Gains or losses on the sales of securities available for sale are recognized upon realization utilizing the specific identification method. The net effect of unrealized gains or losses, caused by marking our available for sale portfolio to fair value, could cause fluctuations in the level of shareholders’ equity and equity-related financial ratios as changes in market interest rates cause the fair value of fixed-rate securities to fluctuate.
Securities classified as held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount over the terms of the maturity in a manner that approximates the interest method.
The following table sets forth the carrying value of the securities portfolio as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands).
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Investment securities available for sale at fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agency securities
|
|
$ |
2,258 |
|
|
$ |
5,786 |
|
|
$ |
11,102 |
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
1,307 |
|
|
|
2,016 |
|
|
|
2,025 |
|
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (“GSE”) -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
21,878 |
|
|
|
16,251 |
|
|
|
19,606 |
|
Collateralized residential mortgage obligations
|
|
|
17,163 |
|
|
|
5,745 |
|
|
|
1,978 |
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial institutions
|
|
|
2,528 |
|
|
|
3,087 |
|
|
|
1,838 |
|
Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) mutual fund
|
|
|
2,321 |
|
|
|
2,194 |
|
|
|
1,141 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,455 |
|
|
$ |
35,079 |
|
|
$ |
37,690 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment securities held to maturity at amortized cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agency securities
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
11,296 |
|
|
|
8,522 |
|
|
|
6,802 |
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial institutions
|
|
|
1,809 |
|
|
|
2,307 |
|
|
|
2,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,105 |
|
|
$ |
10,829 |
|
|
$ |
10,618 |
|
The contractual maturity distribution and weighted average yields, calculated on the basis of the stated yields to maturity, taking into account applicable premiums or discounts, of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2011 is set forth in the following table (excluding restricted stock and mutual fund). Securities available for sale are carried at amortized cost in the table for purposes of calculating the weighted average yield. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. There have been no tax equivalent adjustments made to the yields on tax-exempt securities.
December 31, 2011
|
|
Due within 1
year
|
|
|
Due 1 – 5 years
|
|
|
Due 5 – 10 years
|
|
|
Due after 10
years
|
|
|
Total
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Amortized
cost
|
|
|
Wtd
Avg
Yield
|
|
|
Amortized
cost
|
|
|
Wtd
Avg
Yield
|
|
|
Amortized
cost
|
|
|
Wtd
Avg
Yield
|
|
|
Amortized
cost
|
|
|
Wtd
Avg
Yield
|
|
|
Amortized
cost
|
|
|
Wtd
Avg
Yield
|
|
Investment securities available for sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agency securities
|
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
$ |
1,250 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
% |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
$ |
2,250 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
% |
Municipal securities
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
4.63 |
% |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,086 |
|
|
|
4.46 |
% |
|
|
1,261 |
|
|
|
4.48 |
% |
GSE - Residential
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
5.62 |
% |
|
|
6,937 |
|
|
|
3.28 |
% |
|
|
14,209 |
|
|
|
3.40 |
% |
|
|
21,317 |
|
|
|
3.38 |
% |
Collateralized residential
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
2,114 |
|
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
14,751 |
|
|
|
2.90 |
% |
|
|
16,865 |
|
|
|
2.82 |
% |
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
508 |
|
|
|
3.63 |
% |
|
|
1,294 |
|
|
|
3.26 |
% |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,265 |
|
|
|
1.59 |
% |
|
|
3,067 |
|
|
|
2.63 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,797 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
% |
|
$ |
1,465 |
|
|
|
3.54 |
% |
|
$ |
8,187 |
|
|
|
2.93 |
% |
|
$ |
31,311 |
|
|
|
3.13 |
% |
|
$ |
44,760 |
|
|
|
3.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment securities held to maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
$ |
3,477 |
|
|
|
0.77 |
% |
|
$ |
1,494 |
|
|
|
3.87 |
% |
|
$ |
2,829 |
|
|
|
4.33 |
% |
|
$ |
3,496 |
|
|
|
4.47 |
% |
|
$ |
11,296 |
|
|
|
3.22 |
% |
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,809 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
% |
|
|
1,809 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,477 |
|
|
|
0.77 |
% |
|
$ |
1,494 |
|
|
|
3.87 |
% |
|
$ |
2,829 |
|
|
|
4.33 |
% |
|
$ |
5,305 |
|
|
|
3.26 |
% |
|
$ |
13,105 |
|
|
|
2.91 |
% |
Loan Portfolio
The following table summarizes total loans outstanding by loan category and amount on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except for percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$ |
136,869 |
|
|
|
25.8% |
|
|
$ |
134,266 |
|
|
|
26.1% |
|
|
$ |
126,794 |
|
|
|
24.7% |
|
Real estate - construction
|
|
|
51,180 |
|
|
|
9.6% |
|
|
|
33,909 |
|
|
|
6.6% |
|
|
|
74,133 |
|
|
|
14.4% |
|
Real estate - commercial
|
|
|
270,688 |
|
|
|
51.0% |
|
|
|
262,996 |
|
|
|
51.2% |
|
|
|
228,818 |
|
|
|
44.5% |
|
Real estate - residential
|
|
|
19,201 |
|
|
|
3.6% |
|
|
|
21,473 |
|
|
|
4.2% |
|
|
|
19,381 |
|
|
|
3.8% |
|
Consumer
|
|
|
52,853 |
|
|
|
10.0% |
|
|
|
60,879 |
|
|
|
11.9% |
|
|
|
64,723 |
|
|
|
12.6% |
|
Unearned fees
|
|
|
(661 |
) |
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
(529 |
) |
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
(450 |
) |
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans
|
|
$ |
530,130 |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
$ |
512,994 |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
$ |
513,399 |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
(in thousands, except for percentages)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$ |
114,758 |
|
|
|
25.6% |
|
|
$ |
114,657 |
|
|
|
27.5% |
|
Real estate - construction
|
|
|
81,774 |
|
|
|
18.2% |
|
|
|
86,937 |
|
|
|
20.8% |
|
Real estate - commercial
|
|
|
177,650 |
|
|
|
39.6% |
|
|
|
167,404 |
|
|
|
40.1% |
|
Real estate - residential
|
|
|
19,860 |
|
|
|
4.4% |
|
|
|
4,955 |
|
|
|
1.2% |
|
Consumer
|
|
|
55,009 |
|
|
|
12.2% |
|
|
|
43,338 |
|
|
|
10.4% |
|
Unearned fees
|
|
|
(271 |
) |
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
(324 |
) |
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans
|
|
$ |
448,780 |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
$ |
416,967 |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
Total loans, net of unearned fees, increased by $17.1 million, or 3.3%, to $530.1 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $513.0 million at December 31, 2010. We anticipate continued increased loan volume to be a major challenge during 2012 as we continue to target credit worthy customers. Adverse credit conditions have created a difficult environment for both borrowers and lenders. The low rate environment has created a higher than anticipated level of prepayments and payoffs by borrowers looking to deleverage portions of their business and personal debts. The mix of our loan composition at December 31, 2011 when compared to December 31, 2010 reflects our desire to emphasize commercial and industrial, real estate-commercial and real estate-construction. Within the loan portfolio, commercial real estate loans remained the largest component, constituting 51.0% of our total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011, from 51.2% from the prior year. These loans increased by $7.7 million, or 2.9%, to $270.7 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $263.0 million at December 31, 2010. Commercial and industrial loans increased $2.6 million to $136.9 million at year-end 2011 compared to $134.3 million at year-end 2010, an increase of 1.9%, and comprised 25.8% of our portfolio, down from 26.1% for the prior year. Real estate construction loans increased by $17.3 million, or 50.9%, to $51.2 million at December 31, 2011, and comprised 9.6% of our total loans outstanding, up from 6.6% for the prior year. This increase is primarily due to increased draws on existing commercial real estate construction loans as well as new construction loans which required initial draws on projects. Residential real estate loans comprised 3.6% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, compared to 4.2% for the prior year. Consumer loans decreased by $8.0 million, or 13.2%, to $52.9 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $60.9 million at December 31, 2010, and comprised 10.0% of our 2011 loan portfolio compared to 11.9% for 2010.
The following table sets forth the aggregate maturities of loans, net of unearned discounts and deferred loan fees, in specified categories and the amount of such loans, which have fixed and variable rates as of December 31, 2010.
As of December 31, 2011
|
|
Due within 1
year
|
|
|
Due 1–5 years
|
|
|
Due after 5
years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$ |
70,063 |
|
|
$ |
39,224 |
|
|
$ |
27,582 |
|
|
$ |
136,869 |
|
Real estate - construction
|
|
|
19,275 |
|
|
|
14,947 |
|
|
|
16,958 |
|
|
|
51,180 |
|
Real estate - commercial
|
|
|
14,250 |
|
|
|
44,103 |
|
|
|
212,335 |
|
|
|
270,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
103,588 |
|
|
$ |
98,274 |
|
|
$ |
256,875 |
|
|
$ |
458,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed rate loans
|
|
$ |
28,904 |
|
|
$ |
64,228 |
|
|
$ |
36,088 |
|
|
$ |
129,220 |
|
Variable rate loans
|
|
|
74,684 |
|
|
|
34,046 |
|
|
|
220,787 |
|
|
|
329,517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
103,588 |
|
|
$ |
98,274 |
|
|
$ |
256,875 |
|
|
$ |
458,737 |
|
Asset Quality
One of our key operating objectives has been, and continues to be, to maintain a high level of asset quality. Through a variety of strategies we have focused on credit quality and aggressively managed credit exposures as well as dedication to addressing problem and non-performing assets. These strategies, as well as our prudent maintenance of sound credit standards for new loan originations have resulted in relatively low levels of non-performing loans and charge-offs. The prolonged weakened economy has contributed to an overall challenge in building loan volume, and we continue to be faced with declines in real estate values, which tend to reduce overall collateral coverage of our existing loans. Efficient and effective asset management strategies reflect the type and quality of assets being originated.
We continue to note positive signs in asset quality trends as the number of troubled loans continued to decrease over the course of 2011. These disruptions have been exacerbated by the continued weakness in the real estate and housing markets as well as the prolonged high unemployment rate. We closely monitor local and regional real estate markets and other factors related to risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The improvement in our asset quality trends is reflective of the Company’s efforts in identifying troubled credits early enough to correct problems, to record charge-offs promptly based on realistic assessments of current collateral values, and to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses at all times.
The Bank does not originate or purchase loans with payment options, negative amortization loans or sub-prime loans. We evaluate the classification of all our loans and the financial results of some of those loans may be adversely affected by changes in the prevailing economic conditions, either nationally or in our local Union and Monmouth county areas, including decreases in real estate values, adverse employment conditions, the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal and state government and other significant external events. For loans involved in a workout situation, a new or updated appraisal or evaluation, as appropriate, is ordered to address current project plans and market conditions that were considered in the development of the workout plan. The consideration include whether there has been material deterioration in the following factors: the performance of the project; conditions for the geographic market and property type; variances between actual conditions and original appraisal assumptions; changes in project specifications (e.g., changing a planned condominium project to an apartment building); loss of a significant lease or a take-out commitment; or increases in pre-sales fallout. A new appraisal may not be necessary in instances where an internal evaluation is used and appropriately updates the original appraisal assumptions to reflect current market conditions and provides an estimate of the collateral’s fair value for impairment analysis.
Non-Performing Assets
Non-performing assets include loans that are not accruing interest (non-accrual loans) as a result of principal or interest being in default for a period of 90 days or more, loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing and other real estate owned, which consists of real estate acquired as the result of a defaulted loan. A loan is placed on non-accrual status when collection of all principal or interest is considered unlikely or when principal or interest is past due for 90 days or more, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection, in which case, the loan will continue to accrue interest. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on those loans is reversed from income. Interest income generally is not recognized on specific impaired loans unless the likelihood of further loss is remote. Interest income on other non-accrual loans is recognized only to the extent of interest payments received. During 2011, the Bank adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance on determination of whether a restructuring is a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The guidance was applicable to restructurings on or after January 1, 2011. A TDR is a loan in which the contractual terms have been modified resulting in the Bank granting a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulties in order for the Bank to have a greater opportunity of collecting the indebtedness from the borrower. Non-accruing TDR’s are included in non-performing loans.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $5.2 million and $5.6 in non-accrual loans, respectively. All of the non-performing loans are secured by real estate. There were no loan balances past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The following table summarizes our non-performing assets for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Non-accruing as well as accruing TDR’s are broken out at the bottom portion of the table.
|
|
Years ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Performing Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Performing Loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$ |
2,349 |
|
|
$ |
792 |
|
|
$ |
4,719 |
|
|
$ |
5,334 |
|
|
$ |
98 |
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
523 |
|
|
|
7,121 |
|
|
|
5,147 |
|
|
|
688 |
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
605 |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
Consumer
|
|
|
2,191 |
|
|
|
3,729 |
|
|
|
2,311 |
|
|
|
2,477 |
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Non-Performing Loans
|
|
|
5,240 |
|
|
|
5,649 |
|
|
|
14,151 |
|
|
|
12,958 |
|
|
|
889 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Real Estate Owned
|
|
|
7,765 |
|
|
|
8,098 |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Non-Performing Assets
|
|
$ |
13,005 |
|
|
$ |
13,747 |
|
|
$ |
14,151 |
|
|
$ |
12,958 |
|
|
$ |
889 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Performing loans to total loans
|
|
|
0.99 |
% |
|
|
1.10 |
% |
|
|
2.76 |
% |
|
|
2.89 |
% |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Performing assets to total assets
|
|
|
1.93 |
% |
|
|
2.16 |
% |
|
|
2.21 |
% |
|
|
2.27 |
% |
|
|
0.17 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Troubled Debt Restructured Loans
|
|
$ |
7,579 |
|
|
$ |
5,435 |
|
|
$ |
4,717 |
|
|
$ |
--- |
|
|
$ |
--- |
|
Total non-performing loans decreased by $409,000 from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011. Twelve loans comprise the $5.2 million of non-performing loans at December 31, 2011 compared to eight loans which comprised the $5.6 million at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, the Company believes it has a manageable level of non-performing loans, many of which are in the final stages of resolution.
Non-performing commercial and industrial loans increased by $1.6 million at December 31, 2011 due primarily to five new loans totaling $1.7 million, which was partially offset by the transfer of one loan for $147,000 from non-performing to OREO during the second quarter of 2011. This property was subsequently sold in the second quarter of 2011, in which the Company recognized a $40,000 gain.
At December 31, 2011, non-performing real estate-construction loans decreased by $231,000 from December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, this category was comprised of one non-performing commercial construction loan totaling $292,000, which is well secured and in the final stages of settlement. During 2011, one loan in the amount of $523,000 was transferred into OREO.
At December 31, 2011, non-performing real estate-commercial loans decreased by $460,000 from December 31, 2010. This decrease is primarily due to three loans, one in the amount of $330,000 which was paid off during the third quarter of 2011 and two loans totaling $275,000 which has been transferred to active status, due to the current pre-petition and post-petition status as obligated under their Chapter 13 Bankruptcy Plan. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in one new loan in the amount of $145,000.
At December 31, 2011, non-performing real estate-residential loans increased by $263,000, from December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, this category was comprised of one non-performing real estate-residential loan totaling $263,000 which is well secured and currently being actively marketed.
Non-performing consumer loans decreased by $1.5 million from December 31, 2010 primarily due to one loan in the amount of $1.7 million transferred into OREO and one loan in the amount of $100,000 which has been transferred to active status due to the current pre-petition and post-petition status as obligated under their Chapter 13 Bankruptcy Plan. These decreases were partially offset by two loans totaling $253,000 which were added during 2011. At December 31, 2011, there were three loans totaling $2.2 million remaining in this asset class.
Other real estate owned decreased by $333,000 from December 31, 2010. This decrease is primarily due to the sale of six properties with a carrying value of $2.5 million, for which the bank recorded a net gain of $381,000. Additionally, the Company recorded $275,000 in direct impairments on existing OREO properties, primarily due to a decrease in collateral values which were supported by current appraisals. Consistent with the Company’s prudent risk management practices, the value of the properties were adjusted accordingly. These decreases were partially offset by the addition of three OREO properties totaling $1.7 million as well as $725,000 of capitalized construction costs related to the buildout of our five unit residential property project located in Union County, which is our largest OREO in the portfolio. Our OREO balance at December 31, 2011 includes our single largest OREO asset in the amount of $4.1 million, a commercial construction loan taken into OREO as a result of Deeds-in-Lieu. Our second largest OREO is related to a $1.2 million multi-unit apartment complex located in Union County. The remaining $2.5 million is comprised principally of real estate construction and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. All of our OREO are being aggressively marketed, and are monitored on a regular basis to ensure valuations are in line with current fair market values.
Loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary reduction in interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date. Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification. Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired. Modifications involving troubled borrowers may include extension of maturity date, reduction in the stated interest rate, rescheduling of future cash flows, and reduction in the face amount of the debt or reduction of past accrued interest.
The Company’s troubled debt restructured modifications are made on short terms (12 month terms) in order to aggressively monitor and track performance. The short-term modifications performances are monitored for continued payment performance for an additional period of time after the expiration of the concession. Balance reductions and annualized loss rates are also important metrics that are monitored. The main objective of the modification programs is to reduce the payment burden for the borrower and improve the net present value of the Company’s expected cash flows.
As of December 31, 2011, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring totaled $7.6 million, including $4.5 million that are current, $2.6 million that are 30-59 days past due and $480,000 that are 60-89 days past due. All loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring as of December 31, 2011 were current at the time of the modifications.
Potential Problem Loans
The Company maintains a watch list of performing loans where management has identified conditions which potentially could cause such loan to be downgraded into higher risk categories in future periods. Loans on this watch list are subject to heightened scrutiny and more frequent review by management. The balance of the watch list loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled approximately $24.8 million and $27.1 million, respectively. The decrease of $2.3 million was attributable to a certain number of loans which over the course of the year experienced more favorable financial positions and allowed the Company through its credit risk analysis, upgrade the loans to a pass status. We continue to monitor all loans identified as “watch” to ensure timely payments and early detection of further potential problems.
Allowance for Loan Losses
Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable credit losses in the loan portfolio. We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on a monthly basis and such allowances are reported to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis. Through our prudent risk management practices, we continuously monitor the credit quality of our loan portfolio and maintain an allowance sufficient to absorb current probable and estimable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. We are committed to the timely recognition of problem loans and maintaining an appropriate and adequate allowance.
Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses consists of: (1) a specific allowance on impaired loans and (2) a general valuation allowance on the remainder of the loan portfolio. Although we determine the amount of each element of the allowance separately, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for the entire portfolio.
Specific Allowance Required for Impaired Loans
The first element of the allowance for loan loss analysis involves the estimation of allowance specific to individually evaluated impaired loans including restructured commercial and consumer loans. In this process, a specific allowance may be established for impaired loans based on an analysis of the most probable sources of repayment, including discounted cash flows, liquidation of collateral, or the market value of the loan itself. Restructured consumer loans are also evaluated in this element of the estimate.
General Valuation Allowance on the Remainder of the Loan Portfolio
We establish a general allowance for non-impaired loans to recognize the inherent losses associated with lending activities. This general valuation allowance is determined by segregating the loans by loan category and assigning percentages to each category. The percentages are adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. These significant factors include changes in existing general economic and business conditions affecting our primary lending areas and the national economy, staff lending experience, recent historical loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, specific reserve and classified asset trends, delinquency trends and risk rating trends. These loss factors are subject to ongoing evaluation to ensure their relevance in the current economic environment.
Future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses account may be necessary due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond our control. Our primary lending emphasis is the origination of loans secured by commercial and residential real estate in the greater central New Jersey area. The downturn and instability in the economy has affected our local markets, resulting in a slowdown in residential and commercial real estate sales. We are diligently working to address any asset quality concerns, including working with borrowers and increasing our allowance for loan losses when appropriate to ensure we are well positioned for any losses that we may incur.
The following table summarizes our allowance for loan losses for each of the five years in the period ended December 31.
|
|
Years ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except for percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
6,246
|
|
|
$
|
6,184
|
|
|
$
|
6,815
|
|
|
$
|
4,675
|
|
|
$
|
4,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision charged to expense
|
|
|
2,205
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
2,205
|
|
|
|
2,301
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
Recoveries of loans charged off:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
Loans charged-off:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
|
(482
|
)
|
|
|
(1,061
|
)
|
|
|
(526
|
)
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
(1,420
|
)
|
|
|
(2,012
|
)
|
|
|
(158
|
)
|
|
|
---
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
(688
|
)
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge-offs, net
|
|
|
(1,141
|
)
|
|
|
(3,038
|
)
|
|
|
(2,836
|
)
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance of allowance at end of year
|
|
$
|
7,310
|
|
|
$
|
6, 246
|
|
|
$
|
6,184
|
|
|
$
|
6,815
|
|
|
$
|
4,675
|
|
Ratio of net charge-offs to average
loans outstanding
|
|
|
0.22
|
%
|
|
|
0.59
|
%
|
|
|
0.59
|
%
|
|
|
0.04
|
%
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance of allowance at period-end
as a percent of loans at year end
|
|
|
1.38
|
%
|
|
|
1.22
|
%
|
|
|
1.20
|
%
|
|
|
1.52
|
%
|
|
|
1.12
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of allowance at period-end to
non-performing loans
|
|
|
139.50
|
%
|
|
|
110.57
|
%
|
|
|
43.70
|
%
|
|
|
52.59
|
%
|
|
|
525.87
|
%
|
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by category of loans and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2011.
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Allowance
to total
allowance
|
|
|
Loans
to total
loans
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Allowance
to total
allowance
|
|
|
Loans
to total
loans
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Allowance
to total
allowance
|
|
|
Loans
to total
loans
|
|
Balance applicable to :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
2,448
|
|
|
|
33.5%
|
|
|
|
25.8%
|
|
|
$
|
2,081
|
|
|
|
33.3%
|
|
|
|
26.1%
|
|
|
$
|
1,974
|
|
|
|
31.9%
|
|
|
|
24.7%
|
|
Real estate - construction
|
|
|
1,222
|
|
|
|
16.7%
|
|
|
|
9.6%
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
|
14.3%
|
|
|
|
6.6%
|
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
|
15.3%
|
|
|
|
14.4%
|
|
Real estate - commercial
|
|
|
2,412
|
|
|
|
33.0%
|
|
|
|
51.0%
|
|
|
|
2,193
|
|
|
|
35.1%
|
|
|
|
51.2%
|
|
|
|
2,495
|
|
|
|
40.4%
|
|
|
|
44.5%
|
|
Real estate - residential
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
3.5%
|
|
|
|
3.6%
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
4.4%
|
|
|
|
4.2%
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
3.8%
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
|
12.0%
|
|
|
|
10.0%
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
12.7%
|
|
|
|
11.9%
|
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
|
10.1%
|
|
|
|
12.6%
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
1.3%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
0.3%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
7,310
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
$
|
6,246
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
$
|
6,184
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Allowance
to total
allowance
|
|
|
Loans
to total
loans
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Allowance
to total
allowance
|
|
|
Loans
to total
loans
|
|
Balance applicable to :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
1,769
|
|
|
|
26.0%
|
|
|
|
25.6%
|
|
|
$
|
1,384
|
|
|
|
29.6%
|
|
|
|
27.5%
|
|
Real estate - construction
|
|
|
2,470
|
|
|
|
36.2%
|
|
|
|
18.2%
|
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
|
20.8%
|
|
|
|
20.8%
|
|
Real estate - commercial
|
|
|
1,617
|
|
|
|
23.8%
|
|
|
|
39.6%
|
|
|
|
1,669
|
|
|
|
35.7%
|
|
|
|
40.1%
|
|
Real estate - residential
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
2.1%
|
|
|
|
4.4%
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
0.8%
|
|
|
|
1.2%
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
|
11.7%
|
|
|
|
12.2%
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
13.1%
|
|
|
|
10.4%
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,815
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
$
|
4,675
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
The Company’s allowance for loan losses was at $7.3 million at December 31, 2011 and $6.2 million at December 31, 2010. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans at December 31, 2011 was 1.38%, compared with 1.22% at December 31, 2010. The increase in the loan loss allowance percentage is the result of a number of factors, including the addition of new loans to the portfolio and increases in impaired loans requiring specific reserves. The Company had total provisions to the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 in the amount of $2.2 million as compared to $3.1 million for the comparable period in 2010. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $1.1 million, compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. All loans which the Company charged-off or had a direct write-down, had been previously identified and specific reserves established. Non-performing loans at December 31, 2011 are either well-collateralized or adequately reserved for in the allowance for loan losses.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
In November of 2004, the Company invested in $3.5 million of bank-owned life insurance as a source of funding for additional life insurance benefits for officers and employee benefit expenses related to the Company’s non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for certain executive officers implemented in 2004 that provides for payments upon retirement, death or disability. In 2009, 2010 and 2011 the Company purchased an additional $3.5 million, $1.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively, of bank-owned life insurance in order to provide additional life insurance benefits for additional officers upon death or disability and to provide a source of funding for future enhancements of the benefits under the SERP. Expenses related to the SERP for year ended December 31, 2011 were approximately $91,000 as compared to $118,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. Bank-owned life insurance involves our purchase of life insurance on a selected group of officers. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. Increases in the cash surrender values of this investment are recorded in other income in the statements of operations. Income on bank-owned life insurance amounted to $372,000 and $356,000, for years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment totaled $2.6 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $449,000, or 14.5%, decrease in our investment in premises and equipment in 2011 compared to 2010 is due primarily to the normal recurring depreciation of existing assets of $703,000, partially offset by purchases made during the current year of $254,000.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets totaled $18.5 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $18.7 million at December 31, 2010. The Company’s intangible assets at December 31, 2011 were comprised of $18.1 million of goodwill and $431,000 of core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $1.7 million. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s intangible assets were comprised of $18.1 million of goodwill and $632,000 of core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $1.5 million. During 2011, and 2010, the Company analyzed its goodwill for impairment and determined that there was no goodwill impairment. Accordingly, there was no impairment recorded during 2011 and 2010.
There can be no assurance that future testing will not result in additional material impairment charges due to further developments in the banking industry or our markets or otherwise. Additional goodwill discussion can be referenced in Note 5, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, in the Company’s financial statements.
Deposits
Deposits are the primary source of funds used by the Company in lending and for general corporate purposes. In addition to deposits, the Company may derive funds from principal repayments on loans, the sale of loans and securities designated as available for sale, maturing investment securities and borrowings from financial intermediaries. The level of deposit liabilities may vary significantly and is dependent upon prevailing interest rates, money market conditions, general economic conditions and competition. The Company’s deposits consist of checking, savings and money market accounts along with certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Deposits are obtained from individuals, partnerships, corporations, unincorporated businesses and non-profit organizations throughout our market area. We attempt to control the flow of deposits primarily by pricing deposit offerings to be competitive with other financial institutions in the market area but not by necessarily offering the highest rate. The deposit growth experienced since the Company’s inception is primarily due to the expansion and maturation of the branch system coupled with targeted sales efforts by our lending and branch personnel.
At December 31, 2011, total deposits amounted to $553.9 million, reflecting an increase of $29.4 million, or 5.6%, from December 31, 2010. Core checking deposits increased $17.8 million, or 13.7%, savings accounts, inclusive of money market deposits, increased $7.2 million, or 2.5%, and time deposits increased $4.4 million, or 4.0%. The Bank has continued to focus on building non-interest bearing deposits, as this lowers the institution’s cost of funds. Additionally, our savings accounts and other interest-bearing deposit products, excluding high-cost certificates of deposit, provide an efficient and cost-effective source to fund our loan originations.
One of the primary strategies is the accumulation and retention of core deposits. Core deposits consist of all deposits, except certificates of deposits (“CD’s”) in excess of $100,000. Core deposits at December 31, 2011 amounted to $501.1 million and accounted for 90.5% of total deposits as compared to $471.0 million and 89.8% of total deposits at December 31, 2010. During 2011, we continued to price our CD’s $100,000 and over at rates that did not exceed our market competition. The balance of CD’s $100,000 and over amounted to $52.8 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $53.5 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $701,000 or 1.3%. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company placed $5.0 million in brokered CD’s. The term on these CD’s range from 54 to 66 months with interest rates ranging from 2.15% to 2.25%. The Company found this strategy was able to provide a more cost-effective source of longer-term funding as the rates paid for these brokered CD’s were lower than current fixed rate term advances at the FHLB of New York. During 2011, the Company continued to grow savings and checking account products, as well as other interest-bearing deposit products without promoting certificates of deposit. The Company found this strategy was able to provide a more cost-effective source of funding.
The following table reflects the average balances and average rates paid on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Years ended December 31,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
|
Average
Rate
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
|
Average
Rate
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
|
Average
Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest bearing demand
|
|
$
|
86,687
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
78,052
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
71,189
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Interest-bearing demand (NOW)
|
|
|
57,378
|
|
|
|
0.45%
|
|
|
|
48,638
|
|
|
|
0.61%
|
|
|
|
40,763
|
|
|
|
0.78%
|
|
Savings deposits
|
|
|
199,641
|
|
|
|
0.86%
|
|
|
|
199,380
|
|
|
|
1.11%
|
|
|
|
176,199
|
|
|
|
1.81%
|
|
Money market deposits
|
|
|
88,095
|
|
|
|
0.58%
|
|
|
|
99,659
|
|
|
|
0.89%
|
|
|
|
97,794
|
|
|
|
1.63%
|
|
Time deposits
|
|
|
116,331
|
|
|
|
1.89%
|
|
|
|
117,946
|
|
|
|
1.94%
|
|
|
|
130,373
|
|
|
|
2.44%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
548,132
|
|
|
|
0.85%
|
|
|
$
|
543,675
|
|
|
|
1.05%
|
|
|
$
|
516,318
|
|
|
|
1.60%
|
|
The following table sets forth a summary of the maturities of certificates of deposit $100,000 and over at December 31, 2011 (in thousands).
|
|
December 31,
2011
|
|
Due in three months or less
|
|
$
|
10,540
|
|
Due over three months through twelve months
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
Due over one year through three years
|
|
|
24,397
|
|
Due over three years
|
|
|
3,837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total certificates of deposit $100,000 and over
|
|
$
|
52,794
|
|
Borrowings
The Bank utilizes its account relationship with Atlantic Central Bankers Bank to borrow funds through its Federal funds borrowing line in an aggregate amount up to $10.0 million. The Bank also established a $7.0 million credit facility with another correspondent bank during the first quarter of 2011. These borrowings are priced on a daily basis. The Bank also has a remaining borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) of approximately $42.2 million based on the current loan collateral pledged of $55.7 million at December 31, 2011.
Short-term borrowings consist of Federal funds purchased and short-term borrowings from the FHLB. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we had no short-term borrowings outstanding. Advances from the FHLB are secured by qualifying assets of the Bank.
Long-term debt consisted of the following FHLB fixed rate advances at December 31:
|
|
Rate
|
Original Term
|
Maturity
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible Note
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
3.97%
|
|
10 years
|
November 2017
|
Fixed Rate Note
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
1.67%
|
|
4 years
|
August 2014
|
Fixed Rate Note
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
2.00%
|
|
5 years
|
August 2015
|
Fixed Rate Note
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
2.41%
|
|
6 years
|
August 2016
|
Fixed Rate Note
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
2.71%
|
|
7 years
|
August 2017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,500
|
|
|
$
|
13,500
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
3.18%
|
|
|
|
The $7.5 million convertible note contains an option which allows the FHLB to adjust the rate on the note in November 2012 to the then current market rate offered by the FHLB. The Company has the option to repay this advance, if converted, without penalty.
Repurchase Agreements
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are classified as secured borrowings, generally mature within one to four days from the transaction date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected as the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.
Repurchase agreements are summarized as follows:
|
|
Years ended December 31,
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Repurchase agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at year-end
|
|
$
|
16,218
|
|
|
$
|
14,857
|
|
|
$
|
17,065
|
|
Average during the year
|
|
|
16,593
|
|
|
|
15,367
|
|
|
|
15,233
|
|
Maximum month-end balance
|
|
|
19,524
|
|
|
|
17,532
|
|
|
|
18,330
|
|
Weighted average rate during the year
|
|
|
0.71
|
% |
|
|
1.07
|
% |
|
|
1.79
|
%
|
Weighted average rate at year end
|
|
|
0.55
|
% |
|
|
0.81
|
% |
|
|
1.44
|
%
|
Liquidity
Liquidity defines our ability to generate funds to support asset growth, meet deposit withdrawals, maintain reserve requirements and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. An important component of an institution’s asset and liability management structure is the level of liquidity which is available to meet the needs of its customers and requirements of creditors. Our liquidity needs are primarily met by cash on hand, Federal funds sold, maturing investment securities and short-term borrowings on a temporary basis. We invest the funds not needed to meet our cash requirements in overnight Federal funds sold and an interest bearing account with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. With adequate deposit inflows over the past year coupled with the above-mentioned cash resources, we believe the level of short-term assets are sufficient to meet our liquidity needs. Our liquidity can be affected by a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, market disruption, operational problems affecting third parties or us, unfavorable pricing, competition, our credit rating and regulatory restrictions.
At December 31, 2011, the Company had $38.0 million in cash and cash equivalents as compared to $34.4 million at December 31, 2010. Cash and cash equivalent balances consisted of no Federal funds sold and $30.4 million at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at December 31, 2011, as compared to $7.0 million and $21.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. It was determined by management during 2010, to transfer most of the Bank’s investable funds out of the Federal funds sold position and into the interest bearing deposit account at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York due to primarily to a higher rate of return, which averaged approximately 10 basis points higher. During the second quarter of 2011, the remaining $7.0 million in Federal funds sold was transferred to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York primarily due to the above-mentioned reasons. Additionally, balances at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York provided the highest level of safety for our investable funds.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Our financial statements do not reflect off-balance sheet arrangements that we enter into with our customers in the normal course of business. These off-balance sheet arrangements consist of unfunded loans and letters of credit made under the same standards as on-balance sheet instruments. These instruments have fixed maturity dates, and because many of them will expire without being drawn upon, they do not generally present any significant liquidity risk to us.
Management believes that any amounts actually drawn upon these commitments can be funded in the normal course of operations. The following table sets forth our off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2011.
|
|
December 31,
2011
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity lines of credit
|
|
$
|
27,524
|
|
Commitments to fund commercial real estate and construction loans
|
|
|
72,409
|
|
Commitments to fund commercial and industrial loans
|
|
|
56,272
|
|
Commercial and financial letters of credit
|
|
|
5,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
161,271
|
|
Capital
Shareholders’ equity increased by $6.9 million, or 8.7%, to $87.1 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $80.2 million at December 31, 2010. Net income for 2011 added $4.3 million to shareholders’ equity. On August 11, 2011, the Company received $12.0 million of SBLF funding and simultaneously redeemed the $9.0 million in TARP CPP funding, which increased capital by a net $3.0 million. Additionally, stock based compensation expense of $154,000, options exercised of $267,000, and net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax, of $94,000, all contributed to the increase. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $460,000 relating to the redemption of preferred stock Series A warrant, $262,000 relating to the dividends on the preferred stock Series A, $180,000 relating to dividends on the preferred stock Series C and $48,000 in issuance costs pertaining to the preferred stock Series C.
The Bank is required to maintain cash reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The total of such reserves was $50,000 at December 31, 2011.
The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory and capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Our Federal banking agencies, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (which regulates bank holding companies) and the FDIC (which regulates the Bank), have issued guidelines classifying and defining capital. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification of the Company and the Bank are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulations to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios set forth in the following tables of Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets (“Leverage Ratio”), Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets, and Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets. Management believes that, as of December 31, 2011, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
As of December 31, 2011, the Bank met all regulatory requirements for classification as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. Management believes that there are no conditions or events that have changed the Bank’s categories.
Community Partners (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the minimum amounts and ratios required for capital adequacy purposes and to be well capitalized under the prompt corrective action provisions are as follows:
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
|
For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
|
|
To be Well Capitalized under
Prompt Corrective Action
Provisions
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands, except for percentages)
|
|
As of December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
$
|
75,444
|
|
13.26%
|
|
|
$
|
>45,517
|
|
>8.00 %
|
|
$
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
75,340
|
|
13.25%
|
|
|
|
>45,488
|
|
>8.00 %
|
|
|
>56,860
|
|
|
>10.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
68,332
|
|
12.01%
|
|
|
|
>22,758
|
|
>4.00 %
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
68,229
|
|
12.00%
|
|
|
|
>22,743
|
|
>4.00 %
|
|
|
>34,115
|
|
|
>6.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
68,332
|
|
10.39%
|
|
|
|
>26,307
|
|
>4.00 %
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
68,229
|
|
10.38%
|
|
|
|
>26,292
|
|
>4.00 %
|
|
|
>32,866
|
|
|
>5.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
$
|
67,525
|
|
12.33%
|
|
|
$
|
>43,812
|
|
>8.00 %
|
|
$
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
67,380
|
|
12.31%
|
|
|
|
>43,789
|
|
>8.00 %
|
|
|
>54,736
|
|
|
>10.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
61,279
|
|
11.19%
|
|
|
|
>21,905
|
|
>4.00 %
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
61,134
|
|
11.16%
|
|
|
|
>21,912
|
|
>4.00 %
|
|
|
>32,868
|
|
|
>6.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
61,279
|
|
9.75%
|
|
|
|
>25,140
|
|
>4.00 %
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
61,134
|
|
9.73%
|
|
|
|
>25,132
|
|
>4.00 %
|
|
|
>31,415
|
|
|
>5.00%
|
|
The Bank is subject to certain legal and regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends that it may declare without prior regulatory approval. Under Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank is limited as to the amount that it may lend affiliates, including the Company, unless such loans are collateralized by specific obligations.
The prompt corrective action regulations define specific capital categories based upon an institution’s capital ratios. The capital categories in descending order are “well capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “under capitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized”, and “critically undercapitalized.” Institutions categorized as “undercapitalized” or lower are subject to certain restrictions, are not able to pay dividends and management fees, are restricted on asset growth and executive compensation and are subject to increased supervisory monitoring, among other matters. The regulators may impose other restrictions. Once an institution becomes “critically undercapitalized,” it must be placed in receivership or conservatorship within 90 days. To be considered “adequately capitalized,” an institution must generally have Tier 1 capital to total asset ratio of at least 4%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, and a total risked based capital ratio of at least 8%. An institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity ratio, Tier 1 capital, net of all intangibles, to tangible capital of 2% or less.
Under the risk-based capital guideline regulations, a banking organization’s assets and certain off balance sheet items are classified into categories, with the least capital required for the category deemed to have the least risk, and the most capital required for the category deemed to have the most risk. Under current regulations, banking organizations are required to maintain total capital of 8.00% of risk weighted assets, of which 4.00% must be in core or Tier 1 capital.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk management involves managing the extent to which interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive liabilities are matched. Interest rate sensitivity is the relationship between market interest rates and earnings volatility due to the re-pricing characteristics of assets and liabilities. Our net income is affected by changes in the level of market interest rates. In order to maintain consistent earnings performance, we seek to manage, to the extent possible, the re-pricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities.
The management of and authority to assume interest rate risk is the responsibility of the Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which is comprised of senior management and board members. The primary objective of Asset/Liability management is to establish prudent risk management guidelines and to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain a reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. We have policies and practices for measuring and reporting interest rate risk exposure, through analysis of the net interest margin, gap position, simulation testing, liquidity ratios and the Economic Value of Portfolio Equity. In addition, we annually review our interest rate risk policy, which includes limits on the impact to earnings from shifts in interest rates.
Gap Analysis
To manage our interest sensitivity position, an asset/liability model called “gap analysis” is used to monitor the difference in the volume of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities that mature or re-price within given periods. The ratio between assets and liabilities re-pricing in specific time intervals is referred to as an interest rate sensitivity gap. A positive gap (asset-sensitive) indicates that more assets re-price during a given period compared to liabilities, while a negative gap (liability-sensitive) has the opposite effect. During a period of falling interest rates, a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income, while a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a negative gap would tend to affect net interest income adversely. We employ net interest income simulation modeling to assist in quantifying interest rate risk exposure. This process measures and quantifies the impact on net interest income through varying interest rate changes and balance sheet compositions. The use of this model assists the ALCO to gauge the effects of the interest rate changes on interest-sensitive assets and liabilities in order to determine what impact these rate changes will have upon the net interest spread.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s six month cumulative gap was -0.8% of total assets, or a negative $5.5 million, while its one-year cumulative gap was 4.7% of total assets, or $31.8 million, which is within the ALCO policy guideline of +/-25%.
Simulation Modeling
Simulation modeling is the financial analysis whereby numerous interest rate scenarios and balance sheets are combined to produce a variety of potential income results. There are primarily two types of simulation analysis conducted every quarter based on certain assumptions:
Base Case:
|
·
|
Static balance sheet scenario;
|
|
·
|
Interest rates up or down 200 basis points over twelve months;
|
|
·
|
Core deposit rate changes lag based on certain correlations.
|
Shock Case:
|
·
|
Static balance sheet scenario;
|
|
·
|
Interest rates shock up or down 300 basis points immediately;
|
|
·
|
Core deposit rate changes lag based on certain correlations.
|
Additionally, management and the ALCO will assess interest rate risk exposures beyond the standard +/- 200 basis points, including changes in rates of greater magnitude (e.g. up and down 300, 400 and 500 basis points) across different tenors to reflect changing slopes and/or twists of the yield curve.
The ALCO policy has established that interest rate sensitivity will be considered acceptable if the change in simulation results that impact net interest income are within 6% of net interest income over a twelve month time horizon. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s income simulation model indicated the level of interest rate risk was within policy guidelines, as presented below.
|
|
Gradual change in interest rates
|
|
|
|
200 basis point increase
|
|
200 basis point decrease
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Dollar change
|
|
Percent of
change
|
|
Dollar change
|
|
Percent of
change
|
ALCO Policy Guideline
|
Twelve month horizon:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income change
|
|
$
|
(817)
|
|
-3.2%
|
|
$
|
(338)
|
|
-1.3%
|
-6.00%
|
The method used to analyze interest rate sensitivity has a number of limitations. Certain assets and liabilities may react differently to changes in interest rates even though they re-price or mature in the same or similar time periods. The interest rates on certain assets and liabilities may change at different times than changes in market interest rates, with some changes in advance of provisions which may limit changes in interest rates each time the interest rate changes and on a cumulative basis over the life of the loan. Additionally, the actual prepayments and withdrawals we experience in the event of a change in interest rates may differ significantly from the maturity dates of the loans. Finally, the ability of borrowers to service their debts may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.
Economic Value of Equity
To measure the impact of longer-term asset and liability mismatches beyond two years, the Company utilizes Economic Value of Portfolio Equity (“EVPE”) models. EVPE considers the entire maturity spectrum of the Bank’s balance sheet, thereby providing a longer term measure of interest rate risk. The underlying economic value of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and off balance sheet instruments is affected by changes in interest rates. These changes occur because the present value of future cash flows and in some cases, the cash flows themselves, are affected by interest rate changes. The combined effects of the changes in these present values reflect the change in the Bank’s underlying economic value.
In addition to providing a longer-term measurement of interest rate risk, the economic value of equity measurement may highlight the impact of current interest rate changes that may not be accounted for in simulation analysis. In addition, a decline in the economic value of equity may indicate below market returns in the future. Because of balance sheet optionality, an EVPE analysis is used to dynamically model the present value of asset and liability cash flows, with rates ranging up or down 200 basis points. Our analysis of EVPE excludes goodwill and includes only tangible equity. The economic value of equity is likely to be different as interest rates change. Results falling outside prescribed ranges require action by the ALCO.
At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company’s variance in the EVPE as a percentage of change from book value of tangible equity compared to no change in interest rates, and to an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift of + or - 200 basis points, is within the Company’s negative 25% guideline as presented below.
|
|
Economic Value of Portfolio Equity
December 31, 2011
|
|
Change in Interest Rates
(dollars in thousands)
|
Base Case
(0 bp)
|
|
|
-200bp
|
|
|
|
+200bp
|
|
|
ALCO
Policy
Guideline
|
|
Economic Value of Equity
|
$79,322
|
|
$
|
69,763
|
|
|
$
|
78,345
|
|
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
|
(9,559
|
)
|
|
|
(977
|
)
|
|
|
|
% Change to PV Equity
|
|
|
|
-12.05
|
%
|
|
|
-1.23
|
%
|
|
|
-25.00
|
%
|
% Change to Assets
|
|
|
|
-1.42
|
%
|
|
|
-0.14
|
%
|
|
|
-3.00
|
%
|
% Change to PV Equity Premium
|
|
|
|
-91.92
|
%
|
|
|
-9.40
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
Change in Interest Rates
(dollars in thousands)
|
Base Case
(0 bp)
|
|
|
-200bp
|
|
|
|
+200bp
|
|
|
ALCO
Policy
Guideline
|
|
Economic Value of Equity
|
$77,022
|
|
$
|
68,911
|
|
|
$
|
78,082
|
|
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
|
(8,111
|
)
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
|
|
|
% Change to PV Equity
|
|
|
|
-10.53
|
%
|
|
|
1.38
|
%
|
|
|
-25.00
|
%
|
% Change to Assets
|
|
|
|
-1.27
|
%
|
|
|
0.17
|
%
|
|
|
-3.00
|
%
|
% Change to PV Equity Premium
|
|
|
|
-53.75
|
%
|
|
|
7.03
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Not required.
Reference is made to Item 15(a)(1) and (2) to page F-1 for a list of financial statements and supplementary data required to be filed pursuant to this Item 8. The information required by this Item 8 is provided beginning on page F-1 hereof.
None.
The Company has established disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
The Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial and accounting officer, with the assistance of other members of the Company’s management, have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based upon such evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.
The Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have also concluded that there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act and for complying with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness that are designated by the FDIC and the Federal Reserve. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control or compliance with banking laws can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control and compliance with banking laws may vary over time.
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and its compliance with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness that are designated by the FDIC and the Federal Reserve as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on their assessment using those criteria, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and its compliance with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness that are designated by the FDIC and the Federal Reserve was effective.
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.
/s/ WILLIAM D. MOSS
|
|
/s/ A. RICHARD ABRAHAMIAN
|
Name:
|
William D. Moss
|
|
Name:
|
A. Richard Abrahamian
|
Title:
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Date:
|
March 30, 2012
|
|
Date:
|
March 30, 2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
None.
PART III
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Directors and Executive Officers”, “Corporate Governance”, “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act”, “Code of Ethics” and “Audit Committee”.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Executive Compensation.”
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011. The information in the table has been adjusted for all subsequent stock dividends.
Plan category
|
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights
(a)
|
Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights
(b)
|
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)
|
Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders
|
917,581
|
$ 6.82
|
283,803 (1)
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
|
-0-
|
N/A
|
-0-
|
Total
|
917,581
|
$ 6.82
|
283,803
|
|
(1)
|
The Company may issue these shares pursuant to options and restricted stock awards.
|
The additional information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Stock Ownership of Management and Principal Shareholders.”
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Certain Transactions With Management” and “Director Independence”.
The information regarding principal accounting fees and services and the Company’s pre-approval policies and procedures for audit and non-audit services provided by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services.”
PART IV
|
(a)
|
Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
|
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Financial Statements of Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2011 and 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations – Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity – Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
All schedules are omitted because either they are inapplicable or not required, or because the information required therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
See accompanying Index to Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits required by Section 601 of Regulation S-K (see accompanying Index to Exhibits).
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
|
|
See the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report.
|
COMMUNITY PARTNERS BANCORP
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Community Partners Bancorp
Middletown, New Jersey
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Community Partners Bancorp and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Community Partners Bancorp and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 30, 2012
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and due from banks
|
|
$
|
7,597
|
|
|
$
|
6,171
|
|
Interest-bearing deposits in bank
|
|
|
30,425
|
|
|
|
21,272
|
|
Federal funds sold
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
38,022
|
|
|
|
34,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities available for sale
|
|
|
47,455
|
|
|
|
35,079
|
|
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $13,222 and $10,643 at December 31, 2011
and December 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
13,105
|
|
|
|
10,829
|
|
Restricted investments, at cost
|
|
|
2,237
|
|
|
|
1,420
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
530,130
|
|
|
|
512,994
|
|
Allowance for loan losses
|
|
|
(7,310
|
)
|
|
|
(6,246
|
)
|
Net Loans
|
|
|
522,820
|
|
|
|
506,748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other real estate owned
|
|
|
7,765
|
|
|
|
8,098
|
|
Bank-owned life insurance
|
|
|
12,998
|
|
|
|
9,174
|
|
Premises and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,640
|
|
|
|
3,089
|
|
Accrued interest receivable
|
|
|
1,928
|
|
|
|
1,911
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
18,109
|
|
|
|
18,109
|
|
Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and $1,474 at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
632
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
7,044
|
|
|
|
7,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
674,554
|
|
|
$
|
636,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing
|
|
$
|
88,209
|
|
|
$
|
77,378
|
|
Interest-bearing
|
|
|
465,703
|
|
|
|
447,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Deposits
|
|
|
553,912
|
|
|
|
524,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
|
|
16,218
|
|
|
|
14,857
|
|
Accrued interest payable
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
3,683
|
|
|
|
3,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
587,420
|
|
|
|
556,655
|
|
Shareholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, no par value; 6,500,000 shares authorized;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, Series B, none issued or outstanding
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Preferred stock, Series C, $1,000 liquidation preference per share; 12,000 shares authorized; 12,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, none issued or outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Preferred stock, Series A, $1,000 liquidation preference per share; 9,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2011, 9,000 shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8,628
|
|
Common stock, no par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 7,942,218 and 7,620,929
shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010,
respectively
|
|
|
71,179
|
|
|
|
70,067
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
3,693
|
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
Total Shareholders’ Equity
|
|
|
87,134
|
|
|
|
80,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
|
|
$
|
674,554
|
|
|
$
|
636,843
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
|
|
Interest Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans, including fees
|
|
$
|
29,409
|
|
|
$
|
29,578
|
|
Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxable
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
|
|
1,222
|
|
Tax-exempt
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
|
374
|
|
Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
Total Interest Income
|
|
|
31,046
|
|
|
|
31,279
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
4,687
|
|
|
|
5,679
|
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Total Interest Expense
|
|
|
5,238
|
|
|
|
6,194
|
|
Net Interest Income
|
|
|
25,808
|
|
|
|
25,085
|
|
Provision for Loan Losses
|
|
|
2,205
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses
|
|
|
23,603
|
|
|
|
21,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Interest Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Less: Portion included in other comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
income (pre-tax)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Net other-than-temporary impairment charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to earnings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
Service fees on deposit accounts
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
509
|
|
Other loan fees
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
Earnings from investment in life insurance
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
Net realized gain on sale of securities
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net gain on sale of SBA loans
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net gain on sale of OREO properties
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
485
|
|
Total Non-Interest Income
|
|
|
2,725
|
|
|
|
1,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Interest Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and employee benefits
|
|
|
10,539
|
|
|
|
9,460
|
|
Occupancy and equipment
|
|
|
3,205
|
|
|
|
3,339
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
936
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
Data processing
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
|
613
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
FDIC insurance and assessments
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
|
975
|
|
Outside service fees
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
|
452
|
|
Amortization of identifiable intangibles
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
OREO expenses, OREO impairment and loan workout expenses
|
|
|
817
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
Other operating
|
|
|
1,510
|
|
|
|
1,322
|
|
Total Non-Interest Expenses
|
|
|
19,474
|
|
|
|
18,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before Income Taxes
|
|
|
6,854
|
|
|
|
5,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
2,546
|
|
|
|
1,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
4,308
|
|
|
$
|
3,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
|
|
|
(814
|
)
|
|
|
(576
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
3,494
|
|
|
$
|
3,039
|
|
Earnings Per Common Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
|
Preferred
Stock
|
|
|
Outstanding
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Retained
Earnings
|
|
|
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
|
|
|
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2010
|
|
$
|
8,508
|
|
|
|
7,182,397
|
|
|
$
|
69,794
|
|
|
$
|
(1,714
|
)
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
$
|
76,837
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,615
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,615
|
|
Change in net unrealized gain
on securities available for sale,
net of reclassification adjustment
and tax
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, Series A discount accretion
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on preferred stock, Series A
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(456
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(456
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock dividend – 5%
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
361,756
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock awards
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
21,400
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option compensation expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
55,376
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
8,628
|
|
|
|
7,620,929
|
|
|
$
|
70,067
|
|
|
$
|
1,325
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
80,188
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,308
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,308
|
|
Change in net unrealized gain
on securities available for sale,
net of reclassification adjustment
and tax
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, Series C issued
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, Series C issuance costs
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of preferred stock, Series A
|
|
|
(9,000
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(9,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of preferred stock, Series A
warrant
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(460
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on preferred stock, Series C
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on preferred stock, Series A
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(262
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(262
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, Series A discount accretion
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
83,138
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock dividend – 3%
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
231,328
|
|
|
|
1,078
|
|
|
|
(1,078
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock based compensation expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax-benefit-exercised non-qualified stock
options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock purchase program
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,823
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2011
|
|
$
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
7,942,218
|
|
|
$
|
71,179
|
|
|
$
|
3,693
|
|
|
$
|
262
|
|
|
$
|
87,134
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,308
|
|
|
$
|
3,615
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
917
|
|
Provision for loan losses
|
|
|
2,205
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
Intangible amortization
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment on securities available for sale
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Net realized gain on sale of securities available for sale
|
|
|
(324
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(478
|
)
|
|
|
(987
|
)
|
Earnings from investment in life insurance
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
Net realized gain on sale of other real estate owned
|
|
|
(381
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
Impairment on property held for sale
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Impairment on other real estate owned
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Stock based compensation expense
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
Gain from sale of SBA loans
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
(Increase) decrease in assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest receivable
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
|
2,112
|
|
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest payable
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
678
|
|
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
|
|
|
7,002
|
|
|
|
9,447
|
|
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of securities held to maturity
|
|
|
(5,993
|
)
|
|
|
(2,167
|
)
|
Purchase of securities available for sale
|
|
|
(30,212
|
)
|
|
|
(16,206
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
|
|
|
4,048
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from repayments and maturities of securities held to maturity
|
|
|
3,706
|
|
|
|
1,940
|
|
Proceeds from repayments and maturities of securities available for sale
|
|
|
14,096
|
|
|
|
18,497
|
|
Proceeds from sale of SBA loans
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Purchase of restricted investments
|
|
|
(817
|
)
|
|
|
(420
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned
|
|
|
2,852
|
|
|
|
2,986
|
|
Construction advances on other real estate owned
|
|
|
(725
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net increase in loans
|
|
|
(21,667
|
)
|
|
|
(13,669
|
)
|
Purchase of bank-owned life insurance
|
|
|
(3,452
|
)
|
|
|
(1,048
|
)
|
Purchase of premises and equipment
|
|
|
(254
|
)
|
|
|
(242
|
)
|
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
|
|
|
(36,615
|
)
|
|
|
(10,329
|
)
|
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
|
|
|
29,441
|
|
|
|
(10,941
|
)
|
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
|
|
1,361
|
|
|
|
(2,208
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, Series C
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Preferred stock, Series C, issuance costs
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Redemption of preferred stock, Series A
|
|
|
(9,000
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Redemption of preferred stock, Series A warrants
|
|
|
(460
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from long-term debt
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Cash dividends paid on preferred stocks
|
|
|
(442
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
Tax benefit of stock options exercised
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net Cash Provided (Used in) by Financing Activities
|
|
|
33,192
|
|
|
|
(7,410
|
)
|
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
3,579
|
|
|
|
(8,292
|
)
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning
|
|
|
34,443
|
|
|
|
42,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Ending
|
|
$
|
38,022
|
|
|
$
|
34,443
|
|
Supplementary Cash Flows Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
5,224
|
|
|
$
|
6,265
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
3,302
|
|
|
$
|
1,246
|
|
Supplementary schedule of non-cash activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans
|
|
$
|
1,688
|
|
|
$
|
11,036
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
A. Organization and Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Community Partners Bancorp (the “Company” or “Community Partners”), a bank holding company, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Two River Community Bank (“the Bank” or “Two River”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, TRCB Investment Corporation, TRCB Holdings One LLC, TRCB Holdings Two LLC, TRCB Holdings Three LLC, TRCB Holdings Four, TRCB Holdings Five LLC, TRCB Holdings Six LLC and wholly-owned trust, Two River Community Bank Employer’s Trust. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
B. Nature of Operations
Community Partners is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership of Two River Community Bank. Through its banking subsidiary, the Company provides banking services to small and medium-sized businesses, professionals and individual consumers primarily in Monmouth County, New Jersey and Union County, New Jersey. The Company competes with other banking and financial institutions in its market communities.
The Company and its bank subsidiary are subject to regulations of certain state and federal agencies and, accordingly, they are periodically examined by those regulatory authorities. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities, the Company’s and the Bank’s businesses are susceptible to being affected by state and federal legislation and regulations.
C. Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The principal material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to: the allowance for loan losses, certain intangible assets, such as goodwill and core deposit intangible, the potential impairment of restricted investments, the valuation of deferred tax assets, valuation of other real estate owned and the determination of other-than-temporary impairment on securities.
D. Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk
Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within Monmouth and Union counties of New Jersey. Note 2 discusses the types of securities that the Company invests in. Note 3 discusses the types of lending that the Company engages in. Although the Company actively manages the diversification of its loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon the strength of the local economy. The loan portfolio includes commercial real estate, which is comprised of owner occupied and investment real estate, including general office, medical, manufacturing and retail space. Construction loans, short-term in nature, comprise another portion of the portfolio, along with commercial and industrial loans. The latter includes lines of credit and equipment loans. From time to time, the Company may purchase or sell an interest in a loan from or to another lender (participation loan) in order to manage its portfolio risk. Loans purchased by the Company are typically located in central New Jersey and meet the Company’s own independent underwriting guidelines. The Company does not have any significant concentrations in any one industry or customer.
E. Statement of Cash Flows
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest bearing demand deposits in banks, and Federal funds sold. Interest-bearing deposits are due from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Generally, Federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
F. Securities
Securities classified as available for sale are those securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time but not necessarily to maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including significant movement in interest rates, changes in maturity mix of the Company’s assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations and other similar factors. Unrealized gains or losses are reported as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of the specific securities sold, are included in earnings. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.
Securities classified as held to maturity are those securities the Company has both the intent and ability to hold to maturity regardless of changes in market conditions, liquidity needs or changes in general economic conditions. These securities are carried at cost adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount, computed by the interest method over the terms of the securities.
Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.
Other-than-temporary accounting guidance specifies that (a) if a company does not have the intent to sell a debt security prior to recovery and (b) it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the debt security prior to recovery, the security would not be considered other-than-temporary impaired unless there is a credit loss. When an entity does not intend to sell the security, and it is more likely than not, the entity will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it will recognize the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. For held to maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment should be amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future cash flows of the security.
G. Restricted Investments
Restricted investments, which represents the required investment in the common stock of correspondent banks, is carried at cost and as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, consists of the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (“ACBB”). Federal law requires a member institution of the FHLB to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula. The recorded investment in FHLB common stock was $1,405,000 and $1,345,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Restricted investments also include the Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund, utilized for the purpose of the Bank satisfying its CRA lending requirements. As this fund operates as a private fund, shares in the Fund are not publicly traded and therefore have no readily determinable market value. An investor can have their interest in the Fund redeemed for the balance of their capital account at any quarter end assuming they give the Fund 60 days notice. The investment in this Fund is recorded at cost which was $757,000 and $0 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company does not record the investment at fair value on a recurring basis.
Management evaluates the restricted investments for impairment in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on their assessment of the ultimate recoverability of their cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. Management believes no impairment charge is necessary related to restricted investments as of December 31, 2011.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
H. Loans Receivable
Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield (interest income) of the related loans. The Company is generally amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan.
The loans receivable portfolio is segmented into commercial and consumer loans. Commercial loans consist of the following classes: commercial and industrial, real estate-construction and real estate-commercial. Consumer loans consist of the following classes: real estate-residential and consumer.
For all classes of loans receivable, the accrual of interest is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest previously accrued on these loans is reversed from income. Interest received on nonaccrual loans including impaired loans generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management’s judgment as to the collectability of principal. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time (generally six months) and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. The past due status of all classes of loans receivable is determined based on contractual due dates for loan payments.
I. Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date and is recorded as a reduction to loans. The reserve for unfunded lending commitments represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in its unfunded loan commitments and is recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, which at December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no such reserves. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans deemed to be uncollectable are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management’s performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of the loan. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired.
Loans that are considered “collateral-dependent” should be evaluated under the “Fair market value of collateral.” Loans that are still expected to be supported by repayment from the borrower should be evaluated under the “Present value of future cash flows.” At a minimum, most if not all Troubled Debt Restructures should be evaluated in this way, as these are loans in which the terms have been modified or restructured and repayment of a portion of the outstanding principal is expected.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
For the most part, the Company measures impairment under the “Fair market value of collateral” for any loan that would rely on the value of collateral for recovery in the event of default. The individual impairment analysis for each loan is clearly documented as to the chosen valuation method.
The general component covers pools of loans by loan class including commercial and industrial, real estate-construction and real estate-commercial not considered impaired as well as smaller balance homogeneous loans such as real estate-residential and consumer.
These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based upon historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans, adjusted for qualitative factors. These qualitative risk factors include:
|
1.
|
Changes in lending policy and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection practices not previously considered in estimating credit losses.
|
|
2.
|
Changes in relevant economic and business conditions.
|
|
3.
|
Changes in nature and volume of the loan portfolio and in the terms of loans.
|
|
4.
|
Changes in experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff.
|
|
5.
|
Changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of non-accrual loans and the volume and severity of adversely classified loans.
|
|
6.
|
Changes in the quality of the loan review system.
|
|
7.
|
Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans.
|
|
8.
|
The existence and effect of any concentration of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations.
|
|
9.
|
The effect of other external forces such as competition, legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the existing portfolio.
|
Each factor is assigned a risk value to reflect low, moderate or high risk assessments based on management’s best judgment using current market, macro and other relevant information available at the time of the evaluation. Adjustments to the factors are supported through documentation in each factor and accompanies the allowance for loan loss calculation.
An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.
The Company engages in a variety of lending activities, including commercial and industrial, real estate-commercial, real estate-construction, real estate-residential and consumer loans. The Company focuses its lending activities on individuals, professionals and small to medium sized businesses.
The Company originates commercial business loans to professionals, sole proprietorships and small businesses in our market areas. We extend commercial business loans on a secured and unsecured basis. Secured commercial loans are generally collateralized by residential and nonresidential real estate, marketable securities, accounts receivable, inventory, industrial/commercial machinery and equipment and furniture and fixtures. To further enhance our security position, we generally require personal guarantees of the principal owners of the entities to which we extend credit. These loans are made on both lines of credit and fixed-term basis ranging from one to five years in duration. When making commercial business loans, we consider the financial statements and/or tax returns of the borrower, the borrower’s payment history along with the principal owners’ payment history, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected cash flows of the business, and the value of the collateral and the financial strength of the guarantor.
Commercial real estate loans are made to local commercial, retail and professional firms and individuals for the acquisition of new property or the refinancing of existing property. These loans are typically related to commercial businesses and secured by the underlying real estate used in these businesses or real property of the principals. Commercial real estate loans require a loan to value ratio of not greater than 75%. These loans are generally offered on a fixed or variable rate basis, subject to rate re-adjustments every five years and amortization schedules ranging from 10 to 20 years.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Commercial loans are often larger and may involve greater risks than other types of lending. Because payments of such loans are often dependent on the successful operation of the business involved, repayment of such loans may be more sensitive than other types of loans and are subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general economy. We are also involved with off-balance sheet financial instruments, which include collateralized commercial and standby letters of credit. We seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting guidelines and prudent risk management techniques. Any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value. Environmental surveys and inspections are obtained when circumstances suggest that the possibility of the presence of hazardous materials. There can be no assurances, however, of success in the efforts to minimize these risks.
During 2011, the Company was approved and granted Preferred Lending Status by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”), which allows the Company delegated authority to approve and close SBA loans up to $5.0 million. The Company maintains prudent credit risk management to monitor and evaluate the value of real estate and other collateral used to secure SBA loans. All SBA loans are originated in compliance with all applicable federal lending regulations, including but not limited to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The Bank currently participates in SBA’s 7a and 504 loan programs, which typically provide guarantees up to 75% per loan. The Bank generally sells the guaranteed portion of selected loans to a third party and retains the servicing rights. No servicing asset has been recognized due to immateriality. Our philosophy remains to be prudent and focused on the cash flow of the businesses and financial strength of the guarantors.
The Company originates fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans to individuals and builders to finance the construction of residential dwellings. We also originate construction loans for commercial development projects, including apartment buildings, restaurants, shopping centers and owner-occupied properties used for businesses. Our construction loans generally provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase which is usually twelve months for residential properties and twelve to eighteen months for commercial properties. At the end of the construction phase, the loan generally converts to a permanent mortgage loan. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by a bank approved independent licensed appraiser, an inspection of the property before disbursement of funds during the stages of the construction process, and approval from an identified source for the permanent takeout.
The Company offers a full range of residential real estate and consumer loans. These loans consist of residential mortgages, home equity lines of credit, equity loans, personal loans, automobile loans and overdraft protection. We do not originate subprime or negative amortization loans. Each residential mortgage loan is evidenced by a promissory note secured by a mortgage or deed of trust creating a first lien on one-to-four family residential property. Residential real estate properties underlying residential mortgage loans consist of single-family detached units, individual condominium units, two-to-four family dwellings units and townhouses. Our home equity revolving lines of credit come with a floating interest rate tied to the prime rate. Lines of credit are available to qualified applicants in amounts up to $500,000 for up to 15 years. We also offer fixed rate home equity loans in amounts up to $350,000 for a term of up to 15 years. Credit is based on the income and cash flow of the individual borrowers, real estate collateral supporting the mortgage debt and past credit history.
Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly. In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In addition, consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and industrial, real estate-commercial, real estate-construction, real estate-residential and consumer loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
An allowance for loan losses is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
For commercial loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party appraisals. When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary. This decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal and the condition of the property. Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value. The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property.
For commercial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable aging or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.
Loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary reduction in interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date. Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification. Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired.
The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into risk rating categories. The borrower’s overall financial condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise, such as delinquent loan payments, for commercial and consumer loans. Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss. Loans criticized special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If uncorrected, the potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects. Loans classified substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They include loans that are inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified substandard with the added characteristics that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions and facts, is highly improbable. Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectable and are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Loans not classified are rated pass.
In addition, Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management. Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.
J. Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets, including loan participation sales, are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. The Company sold no loan participations to other banks during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The balance of participations sold to other banks that are serviced by the Company was $1,678,000 and $2,389,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. No servicing asset or liability has been recognized due to immateriality.
K. Other Real Estate Owned
Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) includes real estate acquired through foreclosure. Real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. When a property is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Operating results from real estate owned including rental income, operating expenses, and gains and losses realized from the sales of real estate owned are recorded as incurred. OREO is periodically reviewed to ensure that the fair value of the property supports the carrying value.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
L. Bank-Owned Life Insurance
The Company invests in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) as a source of funding for employee benefit expenses. BOLI involves the purchasing of life insurance by the Company’s wholly-owned trust on a chosen group of employees. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. This life insurance investment is carried at the cash surrender value of the underlying policies. Income generated from the increase in cash surrender value of the policies is included in non-interest income on the statements of operations.
M. Bank Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to operations on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated life or the lease term.
N. Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.
O. Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are provided on the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. The Company and its subsidiary file a consolidated Federal income tax return.
The Company analyzes each tax position taken in its tax returns and determines the likelihood that the position will be realized. Only tax positions that are “more likely than not” to be realized can be recognized in the Company’s financial statements. For tax positions that do not meet this recognition threshold, the Company will record an unrecognized tax benefit for the difference between the position taken on the tax return and the amount recognized in the financial statements. The Company does not have any material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest or penalties at December 31, 2011 or 2010 or during the years then ended. No unrecognized tax benefits are expected to arise within the next twelve months. The Company’s policy is to account for interest as a component of interest expense and penalties as a component of other expenses. The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of the State of New Jersey. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for the years before January 1, 2008.
P. Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the balance sheet when they are funded.
Q. Earnings per Common Share
On November 10, 2011, the Company declared a 3% stock dividend on common stock outstanding payable December 30, 2011 to shareholders of record on December 13, 2011. On August 23, 2010, the Company declared a 5% stock dividend on common stock outstanding payable October 22, 2010 to shareholders of record on September 24, 2010.
Earnings per common share are calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. All weighted average, actual shares or per share information in the financial statements have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of the stock dividends. Basic earnings per common share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if certain outstanding securities to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock. Potential common shares relate to outstanding stock options and stock warrants, and are determined using the treasury stock method.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
R. Stock-Based Compensation
Stock compensation accounting guidance requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost will be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. The stock compensation accounting guidance covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including stock options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and employee share purchase plans.
The stock compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for all stock awards be calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded-vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. A Black-Sholes model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards.
S. Reclassification
Certain amounts in the 2010 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the presentation used in the 2011 financial statements. These reclassifications had no effect on net income.
T. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company’s goodwill was recognized in connection with the acquisition of the Town Bank in April 2006. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that goodwill be tested for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise utilizing a two-step methodology. Step one requires the Company to determine the fair value of the reporting unit and compare it to the carrying value, including goodwill, of such reporting unit. The reporting unit was determined to be our community banking operations, which is our only operating segment. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to determine the amount of impairment, if any. The second step compares the fair value of the reporting unit to the aggregate fair values of its individual assets, liabilities and identified intangibles.
The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis as of September 30, 2011. Based on the results of the step one goodwill impairment analysis, the Company concluded that the potential for goodwill impairment existed and therefore a step two test was required to determine if there was goodwill impairment and the amount of goodwill that might be impaired. Based on the results of that analysis, the Company determined that there was no goodwill impairment. See Note 5 for additional details.
U. Segment Reporting
The Company acts as an independent community financial services provider, and offers traditional banking and related financial services to individual, business and government customers. Through its branch, automated teller machine networks, and internet banking services, the Company offers a full array of commercial and retail financial services, including taking of time, savings and demand deposits; the making of commercial, consumer and mortgage loans; and the providing of other financial services. Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan demand, between the commercial, retail, and consumer banking operations of the Company. As such, discrete financial information is not available and segment reporting would not be meaningful.
V. Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2011 for items that should potentially be recognized or disclosed in these financial statements.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
W. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) has issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. This ASU requires some new disclosures and clarifies some existing disclosure requirements about fair value measurements as set forth in Codification Subtopic 820-10. The FASB‘s objective is to improve these disclosures and, thus, increase transparency in financial reporting. Specifically, ASU 2010-06 amends Codification Subtopic 820-10 to now require:
|
·
|
A reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers; and
|
|
·
|
In the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements.
|
In addition, ASU 2010-06 clarifies the requirements of the following existing disclosures:
|
·
|
For purposes of reporting fair value measurements for each class of assets and liabilities, a reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets and liabilities; and
|
|
·
|
A reporting entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements.
|
ASU 2010-06 was effective for the interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuance, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the impact the adoption of ASU 2010-06, and has determined that it did not and will not have any impact on our financial position or results of operations.
The FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts. The amendments in this Update modify Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance and examples in paragraph 350-20-35-30, which requires that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.
These amendments eliminate an entity’s ability to assert that a reporting unit is not required to perform Step 2 because the carrying amount of the reporting unit is zero or negative despite the existence of qualitative factors that indicate the goodwill is more likely than not impaired. As a result, goodwill impairments may be reported sooner than under current practice.
For public entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. For nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Nonpublic entities may early adopt the amendments using the effective date for public entities.
Upon adoption of the amendments, an entity with reporting units that have carrying amounts that are zero or negative is required to assess whether it is more likely than not that the reporting units’ goodwill is impaired. If the entity determines that it is more likely than not that the goodwill of one or more of its reporting units is impaired, the entity should perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test for those reporting unit(s). Any resulting goodwill impairment should be recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption. Any goodwill impairments occurring after the initial adoption of the amendments should be included in earnings as required by Section 350-20-35. The implementation of ASU 2010-28 did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
ASU No 2011-01; Receivables (Topic 310) – Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No 2010-20, was issued in January 2011 and postpones the effective date of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings. The new effective date for disclosures about troubled debt restructurings will be aligned with the finalization of the effective date of the exposure drafts Clarifications to Accounting for Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors, which was finalized as ASU 2011-02.
ASU 2011-02; The FASB has issued this Update to clarify the accounting principles applied to loan modifications, as defined by FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors. The Update clarifies guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether or not a concession has been granted, with an emphasis on evaluating all aspects of the modification rather than a focus on specific criteria, such as the effective interest rate test, to determine a concession. The Update goes on to provide guidance on specific types of modifications such as changes in the interest rate of the borrowing, and insignificant delays in payments, as well as guidance on the creditor’s evaluation of whether or not a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties.
For public entities, the amendments in the Update are effective for the first interim or annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The entity should also disclose information required by ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses, which had previously been deferred by ASU 2011-01, Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in ASU No. 2010-20, for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. Nonpublic entities are required to adopt the amendments in this ASU for annual periods ending on or after December 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The implementation of ASU 2011-02 did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.
ASU 2011-03; The FASB has issued this ASU to clarify the accounting principles applied to repurchase agreements, as forth by FASB ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing. This ASU entitled Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements, amends one of three criteria used to determine whether or not a transfer of assets may be treated as a sale by the transferor. Under Topic 860, the transferor may not maintain effective control over the transferred assets in order to qualify as a sale. This ASU eliminates the criteria under which the transferor must retain collateral sufficient to repurchase or redeem the collateral on substantially agreed upon terms as a method of maintaining effective control. This ASU is effective for both public and nonpublic entities for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 31, 2011, and requires prospective application to transactions or modifications of transactions which occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.
ASU 2011-04; This ASU amends FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, to bring U.S. GAAP for fair value measurements in line with International Accounting Standards. The ASU clarifies existing guidance for items such as: the application of the highest and best use concept to non-financial assets and liabilities; the application of fair value measurement to financial instruments classified in a reporting entity’s stockholder’s equity; and disclosure requirements regarding quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of level 3 assets. The ASU also creates an exception to Topic 820 for entities which carry financial instruments within a portfolio or group, under which the entity is now permitted to base the price used for fair valuation upon a price that would be received to sell the net asset position or transfer a net liability position in an orderly transaction. The ASU also allows for the application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement if the financial instrument is categorized in level 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Lastly, the ASU contains new disclosure requirements regarding fair value amounts categorized as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy such as: disclosure of the valuation process used; effects of and relationships between unobservable inputs; usage of nonfinancial assets for purposes other than their highest and best use when that is the basis of the disclosed fair value; and categorization by level of items disclosed at fair value, but not measured at fair value for financial statement purposes. For public entities, this ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. For nonpublic entities, the ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
ASU 2011-05; The provisions of this ASU amend FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, to facilitate the continued alignment of U.S. GAAP with International Accounting Standards. The ASU prohibits the presentation of the components of comprehensive income in the statement of stockholder’s equity. Reporting entities are allowed to present either: a statement of comprehensive income, which reports both net income and other comprehensive income; or separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. Under previous GAAP, all 3 presentations were acceptable. Regardless of the presentation selected, the Reporting Entity is required to present all reclassifications between other comprehensive and net income on the face of the new statement or statements. The provisions of this ASU are effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 31, 2011 for public entities. For nonpublic entities, the provisions are effective for fiscal years ending after December 31, 2012, and for interim and annual periods thereafter. As the two remaining options for presentation existed prior to the issuance of this ASU, early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.
ASU 2011-08; In September, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The purpose of this ASU is to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment by adding a new first step to the preexisting goodwill impairment test under ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. This amendment gives the entity the option to first assess a variety of qualitative factors such as economic conditions, cash flows, and competition to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill has fallen below its carrying value. If the entity determines that it is not likely that the fair value has fallen below its carrying value, then the entity will not have to complete the original two-step test under Topic 350. The amendments in this ASU are effective for impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2011-12; In December, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update 2011-05. In response to stakeholder concerns regarding the operational ramifications of the presentation of these reclassifications for current and previous years, the FASB has deferred the implementation date of this provision to allow time for further consideration. The requirement in ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, for the presentation of a combined statement of comprehensive income or separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income is still effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 for public companies, and fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011 for nonpublic companies. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Note 2 – Securities
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair values of the Company’s securities are summarized as follows:
December 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
|
Unrealized
Gains
|
|
|
Noncredit
OTTI
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities available for sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agency securities
|
|
$
|
2,250
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
2,258
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (“GSE”) -
Residential mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
21,317
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
21,878
|
|
Collateralized residential mortgage obligations
|
|
|
16,865
|
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
17,163
|
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial
institutions
|
|
|
3,067
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
2,528
|
|
|
|
|
44,760
|
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
45,134
|
|
Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”)
mutual fund
|
|
|
2,258
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
47,018
|
|
|
$
|
996
|
|
|
$
|
(183
|
)
|
|
$
|
(376
|
)
|
|
$
|
47,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities held to maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
$
|
11,296
|
|
|
$
|
613
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,907
|
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial
institutions
|
|
|
1,809
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
1,315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,105
|
|
|
$
|
613
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(496
|
)
|
|
$
|
13,222
|
|
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
|
Unrealized
Gains
|
|
|
Noncredit
OTTI
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Securities available for sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agency securities
|
|
$
|
5,773
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,786
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
2,006
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
GSE - Residential mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
15,519
|
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
16,251
|
|
Collateralized residential mortgage obligations
|
|
|
5,702
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
5,745
|
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial
institutions
|
|
|
3,597
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
(243
|
)
|
|
|
(282
|
)
|
|
|
3,087
|
|
|
|
|
32,597
|
|
|
|
897
|
|
|
|
(243
|
)
|
|
|
(366
|
)
|
|
|
32,885
|
|
CRA mutual fund
|
|
|
2,196
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
2,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34,793
|
|
|
$
|
897
|
|
|
$
|
(243
|
)
|
|
$
|
(368
|
)
|
|
$
|
35,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities held to maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
$
|
8,522
|
|
|
$
|
182
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,698
|
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial
institutions
|
|
|
2,307
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
1,945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,829
|
|
|
$
|
183
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(369
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,643
|
|
Note 2 – Securities (Continued)
The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s debt securities at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
|
|
Available for Sale
|
|
|
Held to Maturity
|
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due in one year or less
|
|
$
|
1,510
|
|
|
$
|
1,511
|
|
|
$
|
3,477
|
|
|
$
|
3,480
|
|
Due in one year through five years
|
|
|
1,294
|
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
1,494
|
|
|
|
1,572
|
|
Due in five years through ten years
|
|
|
1,423
|
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
|
|
2,829
|
|
|
|
3,086
|
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
2,351
|
|
|
|
1,931
|
|
|
|
5,305
|
|
|
|
5,084
|
|
|
|
|
6,578
|
|
|
|
6,093
|
|
|
|
13,105
|
|
|
|
13,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GSE - Residential mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
21,317
|
|
|
|
21,878
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Collateralized residential mortgage obligations
|
|
|
16,865
|
|
|
|
17,163
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,760
|
|
|
$
|
45,134
|
|
|
$
|
13,105
|
|
|
$
|
13,222
|
|
The Company had nine securities sales in 2011 totaling $4,048,000 and recorded a gross realized gain of $324,000 from these sales as compared to no sales during 2010.
Certain of the Company’s GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized residential mortgage obligations, totaling $27,412,000 and $17,170,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged as collateral to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase and public deposits as required or permitted by law.
The tables below indicate the length of time individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
Less than 12 Months
|
|
|
12 Months or More
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
December 31, 2011:
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
$
|
969
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
969
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
GSE – Residential mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
3,490
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,490
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial
institutions
|
|
|
1,252
|
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
2,591
|
|
|
|
(983
|
)
|
|
|
3,843
|
|
|
|
(1,033
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Temporarily
Impaired Securities
|
|
$
|
5,711
|
|
|
$
|
(72
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,591
|
|
|
$
|
(983
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,302
|
|
|
$
|
(1,055
|
)
|
Note 2 – Securities (Continued)
|
|
Less than 12 Months
|
|
|
12 Months or More
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
December 31, 2010:
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agency securities
|
|
$
|
3,739
|
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
3,739
|
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
1,024
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,024
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
GSE – Residential mortgage-
backed securities
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Collateralized residential
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
1,982
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,982
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial
institutions
|
|
|
1,794
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
(864
|
)
|
|
|
4,001
|
|
|
|
(888
|
)
|
CRA mutual fund
|
|
|
2,194
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,194
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Temporarily
Impaired Securities
|
|
$
|
13,766
|
|
|
$
|
(116
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
$
|
(864
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,973
|
|
|
$
|
(980
|
)
|
The Company had 15 securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011. In management’s opinion, the unrealized losses in municipal and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities reflect changes in interest rates subsequent to the acquisition of specific securities. The unrealized loss for corporate debt securities also reflects a widening of spreads due to the liquidity and credit concerns in the financial markets. The Company does not intend to sell these debt securities prior to recovery and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell these debt securities prior to recovery.
Included in corporate debt securities are four individual trust preferred securities issued by large financial institutions with Moody’s ratings from A2 to Ba1. As of December 31, 2011, all of these securities are current with their scheduled interest payments. These single issue securities are from large money center banks. Management concluded that these securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2011.
The Company also has one pooled trust preferred security with a Moody’s rating of Ca included in corporate debt securities with an amortized cost basis of $272,000 at December 31, 2011. This pooled trust preferred security has been remitting reduced amounts of interest as some individual participants of the pool have deferred interest payments. The pooled instrument consists of securities issued by financial institutions and insurance companies and we hold the mezzanine tranche of such security. Senior tranches generally are protected from defaults by over-collateralization and cash flow default protection provided by subordinated tranches, with senior tranches having the greatest protection and mezzanine tranches subordinated to the senior tranches. For the pooled trust preferred security, management reviewed expected cash flows and credit support and determined it was not probable that all principal and interest would be repaid. The most significant input to the expected cash flow model was the assumed default rate for each pooled trust preferred security. Financial metrics, such as capital ratios and non-performing asset ratios, of each individual financial institution issuer that comprises the pooled trust preferred securities were evaluated to estimate the expected default rates for each security. In this pooled trust preferred security, there are 36 out of 43 banks and insurance companies that are performing at December 31, 2011. The deferrals and defaults as a percentage of original collateral at December 31, 2011 was 27.7%. Total other-than-temporary impairment on this security was $411,000 at December 31, 2011, of which $228,000 was determined to be a credit loss and charged to operations in previous years and $183,000 was determined to be non-credit related and recognized in the other comprehensive income component. Future deterioration in the cash flow of these instruments or the credit quality of the financial institution issuers could result in additional impairment charges in the future.
Note 2 – Securities (Continued)
The following roll forward reflects the amounts related to other-than-temporary credit losses recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):
Beginning balance, January 1, 2010
|
|
$
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional increases to the amount related to the credit loss
|
|
|
|
|
for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not
|
|
|
|
|
previously recognized
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance, December 31, 2010
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional increases to the amount related to the credit loss
|
|
|
|
|
for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not
|
|
|
|
|
previously recognized
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance, December 31, 2011
|
|
$
|
228
|
|
Note 3 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses
The components of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
136,869
|
|
|
$
|
134,266
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
51,180
|
|
|
|
33,909
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
270,688
|
|
|
|
262,996
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
19,201
|
|
|
|
21,473
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
52,853
|
|
|
|
60,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
530,791
|
|
|
|
513,523
|
|
Allowance for loan losses
|
|
|
(7,310
|
)
|
|
|
(6,246
|
)
|
Unearned fees
|
|
|
(661
|
)
|
|
|
(529
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loans
|
|
$
|
522,820
|
|
|
$
|
506,748
|
|
The performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio is monitored by analyzing the age of the loans receivable as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due. The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the past due status as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
December 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
30-59 Days
Past Due
|
|
|
60-89 Days
Past Due
|
|
|
Greater
than 90
|
|
|
Total Past
Due
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
Total Loans
Receivable
|
|
|
>90 Days and
Accruing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
538
|
|
|
$
|
1,776
|
|
|
$
|
2,349
|
|
|
$
|
4,663
|
|
|
$
|
132,206
|
|
|
$
|
136,869
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
50,888
|
|
|
|
51,180
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
5,499
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
5,644
|
|
|
|
265,044
|
|
|
|
270,688
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
17,940
|
|
|
|
19,201
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
2,191
|
|
|
|
2,616
|
|
|
|
50,237
|
|
|
|
52,853
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,412
|
|
|
$
|
2,824
|
|
|
$
|
5,240
|
|
|
$
|
14,476
|
|
|
$
|
516,315
|
|
|
$
|
530,791
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Note 3 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
30-59 Days
Past Due
|
|
|
60-89 Days
Past Due
|
|
|
Greater
than 90
|
|
|
Total Past
Due
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
Total Loans
Receivable
|
|
|
>90 Days and
Accruing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
1,492
|
|
|
$
|
235
|
|
|
$
|
792
|
|
|
$
|
2,519
|
|
|
$
|
131,747
|
|
|
$
|
134,266
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
|
33,386
|
|
|
|
33,909
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
3,779
|
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
256,573
|
|
|
|
262,996
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
20,665
|
|
|
|
21,473
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
3,729
|
|
|
|
4,038
|
|
|
|
56,841
|
|
|
|
60,879
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,110
|
|
|
$
|
2,552
|
|
|
$
|
5,649
|
|
|
$
|
14,311
|
|
|
$
|
499,212
|
|
|
$
|
513,523
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
The following table presents non-accrual loans by classes of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
2,349
|
|
|
$
|
792
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
523
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
2,191
|
|
|
|
3,729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,240
|
|
|
$
|
5,649
|
|
The following table summarizes information in regards to impaired loans by loan portfolio class as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
December 31, 2011:
|
|
Recorded
Investment,
Net of
Charge-offs
|
|
|
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
|
|
|
Related
Allowance
|
|
|
Average
Recorded
Investment
|
|
|
Interest
Income
Recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With no related allowance recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
3,423
|
|
|
$
|
3,423
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
3,436
|
|
|
$
|
139
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
3,510
|
|
|
|
3,510
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,529
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With an allowance recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
2,914
|
|
|
$
|
3,161
|
|
|
$
|
928
|
|
|
$
|
2,876
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
4,228
|
|
|
|
4,228
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
4,265
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
6,337
|
|
|
$
|
6,584
|
|
|
$
|
928
|
|
|
$
|
6,312
|
|
|
$
|
194
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
7,738
|
|
|
|
7,738
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
7,794
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
2,189
|
|
|
|
2,189
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
2,189
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,044
|
|
|
$
|
17,291
|
|
|
$
|
1,448
|
|
|
$
|
17,197
|
|
|
$
|
635
|
|
Note 3 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
December 31, 2010:
|
|
Recorded
Investment,
Net of
Charge-offs
|
|
|
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
|
|
|
Related
Allowance
|
|
|
Average
Recorded
Investment
|
|
|
Interest
Income
Recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With no related allowance recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
2,751
|
|
|
$
|
2,751
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
3,546
|
|
|
$
|
187
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
2,278
|
|
|
|
2,278
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,279
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With an allowance recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
1,010
|
|
|
$
|
2,071
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
1,010
|
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
2,348
|
|
|
|
3,638
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
2,348
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
1,531
|
|
|
|
1,531
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
1,535
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
3,629
|
|
|
|
4,129
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
3,632
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
3,761
|
|
|
$
|
4,822
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
4,556
|
|
|
$
|
233
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
2,880
|
|
|
|
4,170
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
2,880
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
3,814
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
3,982
|
|
|
|
4,482
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
3,985
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,657
|
|
|
$
|
17,658
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
15,460
|
|
|
$
|
540
|
|
The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate pass rating and the classified ratings of special mention, substandard and doubtful within the Company’s internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
Pass
|
|
|
Special
Mention
|
|
|
Substandard
|
|
|
Doubtful
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
December 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
119,531
|
|
|
$
|
4,683
|
|
|
$
|
12,655
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
136,869
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
50,346
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
51,180
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
255,877
|
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
|
|
10,511
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
270,688
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
18,938
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
19,201
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
49,973
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
2,736
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
52,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
$
|
494,665
|
|
|
$
|
9,127
|
|
|
$
|
26,999
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
530,791
|
|
|
|
Pass
|
|
|
Special
Mention
|
|
|
Substandard
|
|
|
Doubtful
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
115,815
|
|
|
$
|
9,186
|
|
|
$
|
9,265
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
134,266
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
33,386
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
33,909
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
250,735
|
|
|
|
3,024
|
|
|
|
9,237
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
262,996
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
21,473
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
21,473
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
56,415
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
4,424
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
60,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
$
|
477,824
|
|
|
$
|
12,250
|
|
|
$
|
23,449
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
513,523
|
|
Note 3 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
The following table presents the change in the allowance for loan losses by classes of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
Allowance for Credit Losses
|
|
Commercial
and
Industrial
|
|
|
Real Estate -
Commercial
|
|
|
Real Estate -
Construction
|
|
|
Real Estate - Residential
|
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance,
January 1, 2011
|
|
$ |
2,081 |
|
|
$ |
2,193 |
|
|
$ |
895 |
|
|
$ |
276 |
|
|
$ |
793 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
6,246 |
|
Charge-offs
|
|
|
(482 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(688 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(1,252 |
) |
Recoveries
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
111 |
|
Provision
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
351 |
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
723 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance,
December 31, 2011
|
|
$ |
2,448 |
|
|
$ |
2,412 |
|
|
$ |
1,222 |
|
|
$ |
256 |
|
|
$ |
880 |
|
|
$ |
92 |
|
|
$ |
7,310 |
|
Allowance for Credit Losses
|
|
Commercial
and
Industrial
|
|
|
Real Estate -
Commercial
|
|
|
Real Estate -
Construction
|
|
|
Real Estate -
Residential
|
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance,
January 1, 2010
|
|
$ |
1,974 |
|
|
$ |
2,495 |
|
|
$ |
945 |
|
|
$ |
126 |
|
|
$ |
624 |
|
|
$ |
20 |
|
|
$ |
6,184 |
|
Charge-offs
|
|
|
(1,061 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(1,420 |
) |
|
|
(150 |
) |
|
|
(500 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(3,131 |
) |
Recoveries
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
93 |
|
Provision
|
|
|
1,090 |
|
|
|
(302 |
) |
|
|
1,355 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
669 |
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
3,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance,
December 31, 2010
|
|
$ |
2,081 |
|
|
$ |
2,193 |
|
|
$ |
895 |
|
|
$ |
276 |
|
|
$ |
793 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
6,246 |
|
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011 and 2010 disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment method by class of loans receivable along with the balance of loans receivable by class disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology:
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses
|
|
|
Loans Receivable
|
|
December 31, 2011:
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Balance
Related to
Loans
Individually
Evaluated
for
Impairment
|
|
|
Balance
Related to
Loans
Collectively
Evaluated
for
Impairment
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Balance
Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
|
|
|
Balance
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
2,448
|
|
|
$
|
928
|
|
|
$
|
1,520
|
|
|
$
|
136,869
|
|
|
$
|
6,337
|
|
|
$
|
130,532
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
1,222
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
1,159
|
|
|
|
51,180
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
50,888
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
2,412
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
2,224
|
|
|
|
270,688
|
|
|
|
7,738
|
|
|
|
262,950
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
19,201
|
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
18,713
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
|
52,853
|
|
|
|
2,189
|
|
|
|
50,664
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
$
|
7,310
|
|
|
$
|
1,448
|
|
|
$
|
5,862
|
|
|
$
|
530,791
|
|
|
$
|
17,044
|
|
|
$
|
513,747
|
|
Note 3 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses
|
|
|
Loans Receivable
|
|
December 31, 2010:
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Balance
Related to
Loans
Individually
Evaluated
for
Impairment
|
|
|
Balance
Related to
Loans
Collectively
Evaluated
for
Impairment
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Balance
Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
|
|
|
Balance
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
$
|
2,081
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
1,605
|
|
|
$
|
134,266
|
|
|
$
|
3,761
|
|
|
$
|
130,505
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
|
33,909
|
|
|
|
2,880
|
|
|
|
31,029
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
2,193
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
2,127
|
|
|
|
262,996
|
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
259,187
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
21,473
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
60,879
|
|
|
|
3,982
|
|
|
|
56,897
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
$
|
6,246
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
5,235
|
|
|
$
|
513,523
|
|
|
$
|
14,657
|
|
|
$
|
498,866
|
|
Loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary reduction in interest rate or an extension of a loans stated maturity date. Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification. Loans identified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired and classified as substandard loans.
Modifications involving troubled borrowers may include extension of maturity date, reduction in the stated interest rate, rescheduling of future cash flows, and reduction in the face amount of the debt or reduction of past accrued interest.
The Company’s troubled debt restructured modifications are made on short terms (12 month terms) in order to aggressively monitor and track performance. The short-term modifications performances are monitored for continued payment performance for an additional period of time after the expiration of the concession. Balance reductions and annualized loss rates are also important metrics that are monitored. The main objective of the modification programs is to reduce the payment burden for the borrower and improve the net present value of the Company’s expected cash flows.
The following tables present newly troubled debt restructured loans that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
|
|
|
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
|
|
Troubled Debt Restructuring:
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
$ |
374 |
|
|
$ |
361 |
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2,630 |
|
|
|
2,626 |
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Consumer
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
$ |
3,004 |
|
|
$ |
2,987 |
|
Note 3 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
The Company classifies all troubled debt restructurings as impaired loans and risk rated as substandard. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the estimated fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell), if the loan is collateral dependent, or the present value of the expected future cash flows, if the loan is not collateral dependent. Management performs a detailed evaluation of each impaired loan and generally obtains updated appraisals as part of the evaluation. In addition, management adjusts estimated fair value down to appropriately consider recent market conditions, our willingness to accept a lower sales price to effect a quick sale, and costs to dispose of any supporting collateral.
As a result of our impairment evaluation, the Company established a reserve amount of $100,000 against two loans classified as troubled debt restructuring as of December 31, 2011. Our troubled debt restructured loans are generally agreed to a short-term payment plan. The extent of these plans are generally limited to twelve-month payments and all the loans identified as troubled debt restructured as of December 31, 2011, were rate modifications. The Company will not extend maturities, recast legal documents and/or forgive any interest or principal.
As of December 31, 2011, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring totaled $7.6 million, including $4.5 million that are current, $2.6 million that are 30-59 days past due and $480,000 that are 60-89 days past due. All loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring as of December, 2011 were current at the time of the modifications and were never reported as a non-accrual loan prior to modification.
The following tables represent financing receivables modified as troubled debt restructurings and with a payment default, with the payment default occurring within 12 months of the restructure date, and the payment default occurring during year ended December 31, 2011:
|
|
As of December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
Troubled Debt Restructuring That Subsequently Defaulted:
|
|
Number of
Contracts
|
|
|
Recorded Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Commercial and industrial
|
|
|
- |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
Real estate – construction
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Real estate – commercial
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Real estate – residential
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
252 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
$ |
252 |
|
|
As of December 31, 2011, there were two consumer loans totaling $252,000 which were placed on non-accrual status that were previously troubled debt restructured loans. These two loans were individually analyzed for impairment at the time of default and it was determined that the collateral was in excess of the combined outstanding principal and interest of the loans and therefore no specific reserve was recorded nor charge-off was taken. It is the Company’s policy to classify a troubled debt restructured loan that is either 90 days or greater delinquent or that has been placed in a non-accrual status as a subsequently defaulted troubled debt restructured loan.
Note 4 – Bank Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
|
Estimated
Useful Lives
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
Indefinite
|
|
$
|
400
|
|
|
$
|
400
|
|
Buildings
|
30 years
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
|
899
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
5-15 years
|
|
|
4,281
|
|
|
|
4,273
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
|
3 - 7 years
|
|
|
4,296
|
|
|
|
4,147
|
|
Computer equipment and software
|
2 - 5 years
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
|
|
2,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,022
|
|
|
|
11,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
(9,382
|
)
|
|
|
(8,679
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,640
|
|
|
$
|
3,089
|
|
The Company held land and construction in progress with an aggregate value of $1,000,000 and $1,100,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in other assets and is carried at the net realizable value, based on its current appraised value. An impairment charge of $100,000 was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011, which reflects the declining valuations in the current real estate market.
Note 5 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company performed its annual step one goodwill impairment analysis as of September 30, 2011, and uses the fair value of the reporting unit based on the income approach and market approach. The income approach uses a dividend discount analysis. This approach calculates cash flows based on anticipated financial results assuming a change of control transaction. This change of control assumes that an acquirer will achieve an expected base level of earnings, achieve integration cost savings and incur certain transaction costs (including such items as legal and financial advisors fees, contract cancellations, severance and employment obligations, and other transaction costs). The analysis then calculates the present value of all excess cash flows generated by the Company (above the minimum tangible capital ratio) plus the present value of a terminal sale value.
The market approach is used to calculate the fair value of a company by calculating median earnings and book value pricing multiples for recent actual acquisitions of companies of similar size and performance and then applying these multiples to our community banking reporting unit. No company or transaction in the analysis is identical to our community banking reporting unit and, accordingly, the results of the analysis are only indicative of comparable value. This technique uses historical data to create a current pricing level and is thus a trailing indicator. Results of the market approach need to be understood in this context, especially in periods of rapid price change and market uncertainty. The Company applied the market valuation approach to our then current stock price adjusted by an appropriate control premium and also to a peer group adjusted by an appropriate control premium.
Based on the results of the step one goodwill impairment analysis, the Company concluded that the potential for goodwill impairment existed and therefore a step two test was required to determine if there was goodwill impairment and the amount of goodwill that might be impaired. Based on the results of that analysis, the Company determined that there was no impairment on the current goodwill balance of $18,109,000 during years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The Company acquired core deposit intangible assets in conjunction with the acquisition of Town Bank. This intangible asset has a carrying value of $431,000, net of accumulated amortization of $1,675,000, as of December 31, 2011 and a carrying value of $632,000, net of accumulated amortization of $1,474,000, as of December 31, 2010. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $201,000 and $239,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The aggregate estimated amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is expected to be as follows (in thousands):
2012
|
|
$
|
163
|
|
2013
|
|
|
124
|
|
2014
|
|
|
86
|
|
2015
|
|
|
48
|
|
2016
|
|
|
10
|
|
Note 6 – Deposits
The components of deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand, non-interest bearing
|
|
$
|
88,209
|
|
|
$
|
77,378
|
|
Demand, interest bearing - NOW, money market and savings
|
|
|
352,025
|
|
|
|
337,786
|
|
Time, $100,000 and over
|
|
|
52,794
|
|
|
|
53,495
|
|
Time, other
|
|
|
60,884
|
|
|
|
55,812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
553,912
|
|
|
$
|
524,471
|
|
At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows (in thousands):
2012
|
|
$
|
53,617
|
|
2013
|
|
|
25,993
|
|
2014
|
|
|
18,301
|
|
2015
|
|
|
12,517
|
|
2016
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
113,678
|
|
Note 7 – Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are classified as secured borrowings, generally mature within one to four days from the transaction date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected as the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. Securities sold under these agreements are retained under the Company’s control at its safekeeping agent. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. Information concerning repurchase agreements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(Dollars In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at year-end
|
$
|
16,218
|
|
$
|
14,857
|
|
Average during the year
|
|
16,593
|
|
|
15,367
|
|
Maximum month-end balance
|
|
19,524
|
|
|
17,532
|
|
Weighted average rate during the year
|
|
0.71%
|
|
|
1.07%
|
|
Weighted average rate at December 31
|
|
0.55%
|
|
|
0.81%
|
|
Note 8 – Borrowings
Borrowings consist of long-term debt fixed rate advances from the FHLB. Information concerning long-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Original Term
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible Note
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
3.97%
|
|
|
|
10 years
|
|
|
November 2017
|
Fixed Rate Note
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1.67%
|
|
|
|
4 years
|
|
|
August 2014
|
Fixed Rate Note
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
2.00%
|
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
August 2015
|
Fixed Rate Note
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
2.41%
|
|
|
|
6 years
|
|
|
August 2016
|
Fixed Rate Note
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
2.71%
|
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
|
August 2017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,500
|
|
|
$
|
13,500
|
|
|
|
3.18%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 8 – Borrowings (Continued)
The $7.5 million convertible note contains an option which allows the FHLB to adjust the rate on the note in November 2012 to the then current market rate offered by the FHLB. The Company has the option to repay this advance, if converted, without penalty.
The Company has unsecured lines of credit totaling $17,000,000 with two financial institutions that bear interest at a variable rate and are renewed annually. There were no borrowings under these lines of credit at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
The Company has a remaining borrowing capacity with the FHLB of approximately $42,152,000 based on $55,652,000 loans pledged at December 31, 2011. There were no short-term borrowings from the FHLB at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Advances from the FHLB are secured by qualifying assets of the Bank.
Note 9 – Employee Benefit Plans
Under the 401(k) plan, all employees are eligible to contribute from 3% to a maximum of 20% of their annual salary. Annually, the Company matches a percentage of employee contributions. The Company contributed $229,000 and $202,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Each year, the Company, may at its discretion, elect to contribute profit sharing amounts into the 401(k) plan. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has not contributed any profit sharing amounts.
The Company has a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain executive officers that provides for payments upon retirement, death or disability. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, other liabilities included approximately $582,000 and $521,000, respectively, accrued under this plan. For the year ended December 31, 2011, expenses related to this plan included in the consolidated statements of operations are approximately $91,000 as compared to $118,000 for year ended December 31, 2010. In 2010, the Company recognized a $143,000 benefit due to the forfeiture of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan benefits to officers no longer employed with the Bank.
Note 10 – Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income (loss).
The components of other comprehensive income (loss) and related tax effects for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized holding gains (loss) on available for sale securities
|
|
$ |
415 |
|
|
$ |
(97 |
) |
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities for which
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a portion of the impairment has been
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
recognized in income
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
Reclassification adjustment for gains on
sales of securities recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in net income
|
|
|
(324 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Reclassification adjustment for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other-than-temporary credit losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on securities included in net income
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
72 |
|
Tax effect
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net of Tax Amount
|
|
$ |
94 |
|
|
$ |
(81 |
) |
Note 11 – Federal Income Taxes
The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
3,024
|
|
|
$
|
2,836
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(478
|
)
|
|
|
(987
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,546
|
|
|
$
|
1,849
|
|
A reconciliation of the statutory income tax at a rate of 34% to the income tax expense included in the statements of operations is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
|
|
|
(Dollars In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax book income
|
|
$ |
2,330 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
$ |
1,857 |
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
Tax exempt interest
|
|
|
(124 |
) |
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
(127 |
) |
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
Bank-owned life insurance income
|
|
|
(126 |
) |
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
(121 |
) |
|
|
(2.2 |
) |
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
|
|
|
379 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
Other
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,546 |
|
|
|
37.1 |
% |
|
$ |
1,849 |
|
|
|
33.8 |
% |
The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses
|
|
$
|
2,940
|
|
|
$
|
2,515
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
|
811
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
Other real estate owned (“OREO”) costs
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
Other
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,416
|
|
|
|
4,029
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase accounting adjustments
|
|
|
(402
|
)
|
|
|
(485
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale
|
|
|
(176
|
)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(624
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Deferred Tax Asset
|
|
$
|
3,792
|
|
|
$
|
3,371
|
|
Note 12 – Earnings Per Common Share
The following sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,308
|
|
|
$
|
3,615
|
|
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
|
|
|
(814
|
)
|
|
|
(576
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income applicable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
3,494
|
|
|
$
|
3,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
7,900
|
|
|
|
7,795
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities, stock options and warrants
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding used to calculate
diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
8,015
|
|
|
|
7,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
Dilutive securities in the table above exclude common stock options and warrants with exercise prices that exceed the average market price of the Company’s common stock during the periods presented. Inclusion of these common stock options and warrants would be anti-dilutive to the diluted earnings per common share calculation. Stock options and warrants that had no intrinsic value because their effect was anti-dilutive and, therefore, were not included in the diluted earnings per common share calculation were 474,000 and 678,000 for 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Note 13 – Lease Commitments and Total Rental Expense
The Company leases banking facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring through 2021. Aggregate rent expense was $1,368,000 and $1,315,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The approximate future minimum rental commitments under operating leases at December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):
2012
|
|
$
|
1,378
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,171
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
2015
|
|
|
1,160
|
|
2016
|
|
|
1,142
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
4,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,779
|
|
Note 14 – Stock Option Plans
Both Two River and Town Bank had stock option plans for the benefit of their employees and directors outstanding at the time of their acquisition by Community Partners. The plans provided for the granting of both incentive and non-qualified stock options. All stock options outstanding at the time of acquisition, April 1, 2006, became fully vested. There were no shares available for grant under these prior plans at the time of the acquisition.
On March 20, 2007, the Board of Directors adopted the Community Partners Bancorp 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), subject to shareholder approval. The Plan, which was approved by the Company’s shareholders at the 2007 annual meeting of shareholders held on May 15, 2007, provides that the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) may grant to those individuals who are eligible under the terms of the Plan stock options, shares of restricted stock, or such other equity incentive awards as the Committee may determine. As of December 31, 2011, the number of shares of Company common stock remaining and available for future issuance under the Plan is 283,803 after adjusting for subsequent stock dividends.
Options awarded under the Plan may be either options that qualify as incentive stock options (“ISOs”) under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or options that do not, or cease to, qualify as incentive stock options under the Code (“nonqualified stock options” or “NQSOs”). Awards may be granted under the Plan to directors and employees.
Shares reserved under the Plan will be issued out of authorized and unissued shares, or treasury shares, or partly out of each, as determined by the Board. The exercise price per share purchasable under either an ISO or a NQSO may not be less than the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of grant of the option. The Committee will determine the vesting period and term of each option, provided that no ISO may have a term in excess of ten years after the date of grant.
Restricted stock is stock which is subject to certain transfer restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture. The Committee will determine the period over which any restricted stock which is issued under the Plan will vest, and will impose such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions as the Committee may in its discretion determine. Unless restricted by the Committee, a participant granted restricted stock will have all of the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote the restricted stock and the right to receive dividends with respect to that stock.
Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the award document or subject to other applicable restrictions, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) all non-forfeited options and awards carrying a right to exercise that was not previously exercisable and vested will become fully exercisable and vested as of the time of the Change in Control, and all restricted stock and awards subject to risk of forfeiture will become fully vested.
On January 20, 2010, the Company awarded officers ISOs to purchase an aggregate of 47,694 shares of Company’s common stock, after adjusting for the 3% stock dividend declared in November 2011. These options are scheduled to vest 33.3% per year over three years beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date with a ten year exercise term. The options were granted with an exercise price of $3.01 per share based upon the average trading price of Company’s common stock on the grant date.
On April 20, 2010, the Company awarded officers ISOs to purchase an aggregate of 21,630 shares of Company’s common stock, after adjusting for the 3% stock dividend declared in November 2011. These options are scheduled to vest 20% per year over five years beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date with a ten year exercise term. The options were granted with an exercise price of $3.83 per share based upon the average trading price of Company’s common stock on the grant date.
On September 9, 2010, the Company awarded officers ISOs to purchase an aggregate of 14,060 shares of Company’s common stock, after adjusting for the 3% stock dividend declared in November 2011. These options are scheduled to vest over a three year period with 33.3% of the award vesting on each of September 10, 2013, September 10, 2014 and September 10, 2015 with a ten year exercise term. The options were granted with an exercise price of $4.39 per share based upon the average trading price of Company’s common stock on the grant date.
Note 14 – Stock Option Plans (Continued)
On December 12, 2011, the Committee granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 133,179 shares, after adjusting for the 3% stock dividend declared in November 2011, of Company common stock under the Plan to directors and officers of the Company, as follows:
|
·
|
The Company granted to directors non-qualified stock options to purchase an aggregate of 61,800 shares of Company common stock. These options are scheduled to vest 20% per year over five years beginning December 12, 2012. These options were granted with an exercise price of $5.19 per share based upon the $4.69 trading price of Company’s common stock on the grant date.
|
|
·
|
The Company granted to employees incentive stock options to purchase an aggregate of 71,379 shares of Company common stock. These options are scheduled to vest 20% per year over five years beginning December 12, 2012. The options were granted with an exercise price of $5.19 per share based upon the $4.69 trading price of Company’s common stock on the grant date.
|
Stock based compensation expense related to the stock option grants, was approximately $121,000 and $75,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in salaries and employee benefits on the statement of operations. There was no deferred tax benefit recognized during years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 to the stock based compensation.
Total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options under the Plan was $452,000 as of December 31, 2011 and will be recognized over the subsequent 3.1 years.
The following table summarizes information about outstanding options from all plans at and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, as adjusted for the 3% stock dividend in 2011 and 5% stock dividend in 2010:
|
|
Number of
Shares
|
|
|
Weighted
Average
Price
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
|
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,121,144
|
|
|
$
|
6.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
83,384
|
|
|
|
3.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(59,725
|
)
|
|
|
3.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(271,929
|
)
|
|
|
5.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding, December 31, 2010
|
|
|
872,874
|
|
|
|
6.70
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
133,179
|
|
|
|
5.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(85,632
|
)
|
|
|
3.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(2,840
|
)
|
|
|
3.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding, December 31, 2011
|
|
|
917,581
|
|
|
$
|
6.82
|
|
5.6 years
|
|
$
|
604,530
|
|
Options exercisable, end of year
|
|
|
551,583
|
|
|
$
|
8.67
|
|
3.8 years
|
|
$
|
290,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options price range at end of year
|
|
$
|
3.01 to $14.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $137,000 and $53,000 during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Cash received from such exercises was $267,000 and $189,000, respectively. A tax benefit of $41,000 was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to no tax benefit recognized for the same period in 2010.
Note 14 – Stock Option Plans (Continued)
The following summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011:
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
Range of Exercise Prices
|
|
Number
Outstanding
at December
31, 2011
|
|
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
|
|
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$3.01 - $3.91
|
|
|
429,512
|
|
7.0 years
|
|
$
|
3.35
|
|
$4.39 - $4.94
|
|
|
14,156
|
|
5.8 years
|
|
|
4.39
|
|
$5.01 - $5.95
|
|
|
134,892
|
|
9.9 years
|
|
|
5.19
|
|
$6.11 - $6.38
|
|
|
563
|
|
1.8 years
|
|
|
6.27
|
|
$7.23 - $7.95
|
|
|
1,095
|
|
2.3 years
|
|
|
7.39
|
|
$8.13 - $9.86
|
|
|
61,664
|
|
1.2 years
|
|
|
8.27
|
|
$11.17 - $14.17
|
|
|
275,699
|
|
2.2 years
|
|
|
12.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
917,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
The following weighted average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the stock options granted on January 20, 2010:
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Expected volatility
|
|
|
30.09 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.84 |
% |
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
5.00 |
% |
Expected life
|
|
6.5 years
|
|
Weighted average fair value
of options granted
|
|
$ |
1.19 |
|
The following weighted average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the stock options granted on April 20, 2010:
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Expected volatility
|
|
|
33.51 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.91 |
% |
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
5.00 |
% |
Expected life
|
|
6.5 years
|
|
Weighted average fair value
of options granted
|
|
$ |
1.64 |
|
The following weighted average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the stock options granted on September 9, 2010:
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Expected volatility
|
|
|
32.40 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.09 |
% |
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Expected life
|
|
7.5 years
|
|
Weighted average fair value
of options granted
|
|
$ |
1.87 |
|
Note 14 – Stock Option Plans (Continued)
The following weighted average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the stock options granted on December 12, 2011:
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Expected volatility
|
|
|
30.58 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
1.45 |
% |
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
5.00 |
% |
Expected life
|
|
7.5 years
|
|
Weighted average fair value
of options granted
|
|
$ |
1.53 |
|
The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectations of cash dividends. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve for the expected life of the grants which is based on historical exercise experience.
Restricted stock is valued at the market value on the date of grant and expense is evenly attributed to the period in which the restrictions lapse.
Total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock options under the Plan was $45,000 as of December 31, 2011 and will be recognized over the subsequent 1.8 years. As of December 31, 2011, all restricted stock shares were unvested.
On August 18, 2010, the Company awarded officers 20,600 shares of the Company’s restricted common stock, which were subsequently issued on September 30, 2010. These awards are scheduled to vest on the first day of the fourth year following the grant date, with 7,725 of these awards subject to an earnings condition.
On October 20, 2010, the Company awarded officers 1,442 shares of the Company’s restricted common stock. These awards are scheduled to vest on the first day of the fourth year following the grant date, with 541 of these awards subject to an earnings condition.
Compensation expense related to the restricted stock was to $33,000 and $9,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in salaries and employee benefits on the statement of operations. There was no deferred tax benefit recognized during years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 related to the restricted stock compensation.
The following table summarizes information about restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2011:
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Weighted
Average Price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
-
|
|
|
$ |
- |
|
Granted
|
|
|
22,042
|
|
|
|
3.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
22,042
|
|
|
$
|
3.93
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
|
|
|
22,042
|
|
|
$
|
3.93
|
|
All share and per share data have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 3% stock dividend issued on December 30, 2011 to shareholders of record as of December 13, 2011.
Note 15 – Transactions with Executive Officers, Directors and Principal Shareholders
Certain directors and executive officers of Community Partners and its affiliates, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners (more than 10%), are indebted to the Bank. In the opinion of management, such loans are consistent with sound banking practices and are within applicable regulatory bank lending limitations and in compliance with applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Community Partners relies on such directors and executive officers for the identification of their associates. These loans at December 31, 2011 were current as to principal and interest payments, and did not involve more than normal risk of collectability. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, loans to related parties amounted to $12,771,000 and $8,335,000 respectively. During 2011, new loans and advances to such related parties totaled $6,332,000 and repayments and other reductions aggregated $1,896,000.
A director of the Bank is the principal of a company that provides leasehold improvement construction services for certain of the Bank’s offices. The Bank paid $10,000 and $13,000 for these construction services for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Most costs are capitalized to leasehold improvements and are amortized over a ten to fifteen year period. Construction costs incurred are comparable to similarly outfitted bank office space in the market area.
Note 16 – Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include personal or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. The Company had commitments to extend credit, including unused lines of credit, of approximately $156,205,000 and $104,539,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the financial performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support contracts entered into by customers. Most guarantees extend for one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company defines the fair value of these letters of credit as the fees paid by the customer or similar fees collected on similar instruments. The Company amortizes the fees collected over the life of the instrument. The Company generally obtains collateral, such as real estate or liens on customer assets for these types of commitments. The Company’s potential liability would be reduced by any proceeds obtained in liquidation of the collateral held. The Company had commercial and similar letters of credit for customers aggregating $5,066,000 and $5,661,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The approximate value of underlying collateral upon liquidation that would be expected to cover this maximum potential exposure was $5,066,000 and $5,661,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The current amounts of the liability related to guarantees under standby letters of credit issued are not material as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Note 17 – Regulatory Matters
The Bank is required to maintain a cash reserve balance in vault cash or with the Federal Reserve Bank. The total of this reserve balance was $50,000 at December 31, 2011.
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulations to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth below) of total and Tier l capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier l capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2011 that the Company and its bank subsidiary meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
As of December 31, 2011, the Bank met all regulatory requirements for classification as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institutions’ categories. Community Partners and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the minimum amounts and ratios required for capital adequacy purposes and to be well capitalized under the prompt corrective action provisions are as follows:
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
|
|
|
To be Well Capitalized under
Prompt Corrective Action
Provisions
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
|
As of December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
$
|
75,444
|
|
|
|
13.26
|
%
|
|
$
|
>45,517
|
|
|
|
>8.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
75,340
|
|
|
|
13.25
|
%
|
|
|
>45,488
|
|
|
|
>8.00
|
%
|
|
|
>56,860
|
|
|
|
>10.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
68,332
|
|
|
|
12.01
|
%
|
|
|
>22,758
|
|
|
|
>4.00
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
68,229
|
|
|
|
12.00
|
%
|
|
|
>22,743
|
|
|
|
>4.00
|
%
|
|
|
>34,115
|
|
|
|
>6.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
68,332
|
|
|
|
10.39
|
%
|
|
|
>26,307
|
|
|
|
>4.00
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
68,229
|
|
|
|
10.38
|
%
|
|
|
>26,292
|
|
|
|
>4.00
|
%
|
|
|
>32,866
|
|
|
|
>5.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
$
|
67,525
|
|
|
|
12.33
|
%
|
|
$
|
>43,812
|
|
|
|
>8.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
67,380
|
|
|
|
12.31
|
%
|
|
|
>43,789
|
|
|
|
>8.00
|
%
|
|
|
>54,736
|
|
|
|
>10.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
61,279
|
|
|
|
11.19
|
%
|
|
|
>21,905
|
|
|
|
>4.00
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
61,134
|
|
|
|
11.16
|
%
|
|
|
>21,912
|
|
|
|
>4.00
|
%
|
|
|
>32,868
|
|
|
|
>6.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Partners Bancorp
|
|
|
61,279
|
|
|
|
9.75
|
%
|
|
|
>25,140
|
|
|
|
>4.00
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Two River Community Bank
|
|
|
61,134
|
|
|
|
9.73
|
%
|
|
|
>25,132
|
|
|
|
>4.00
|
%
|
|
|
>31,415
|
|
|
|
>5.00
|
%
|
The Bank is subject to certain legal and regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends that it may declare without prior regulatory approval. Under Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank is limited as to the amount it may lend affiliates, including the Company, unless such loans are collateralized by specific obligations.
Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation methods used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
|
Level 1:
|
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
|
|
Level 2:
|
Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
|
|
Level 3:
|
Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e. supported with little or no market activity).
|
An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. For financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
Description
|
|
(Level 1)
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
|
|
|
(Level 2)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
|
|
|
(Level 3)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
At December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities available for sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agency securities
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
2,258
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
2,258
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
GSE: Residential mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
21,878
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
21,878
|
|
Collateralized residential mortgage
obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,163
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
17,163
|
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial
institutions
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,439
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
2,528
|
|
CRA mutual fund
|
|
|
2,321
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,321
|
|
|
$
|
45,045
|
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
$
|
47,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities available for sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agency securities
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
5,786
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
5,786
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
GSE: Residential mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
16,251
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
16,251
|
|
Collateralized residential mortgage
obligations
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
5,745
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
5,745
|
|
Corporate debt securities, primarily financial
institutions
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,058
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
3,087
|
|
CRA mutual fund
|
|
|
2,194
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,194
|
|
|
$
|
32,856
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
35,079
|
|
Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)
The following table presents a reconciliation of the securities available for sale measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
|
|
|
|
Securities available for sale
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance January 1
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
140
|
|
Total gains/(losses) – (realized/unrealized):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
Included in other comprehensive income
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Balance
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
Description
|
|
(Level 1)
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
|
|
|
(Level 2)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
|
|
|
(Level 3)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impaired loans
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
8,187
|
|
|
$
|
8,187
|
|
Other real estate owned
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
7,765
|
|
|
|
7,765
|
|
Property held for sale
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impaired loans
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
7,507
|
|
|
$
|
7,507
|
|
Other real estate owned
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8,098
|
|
|
|
8,098
|
|
The following valuation techniques were used to measure fair value of assets in the tables above:
|
·
|
Impaired loans – Impaired loans measured at fair value are those loans in which the Company has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Fair value is generally determined based upon either independent third party appraisals of the properties or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.
|
Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)
|
·
|
Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) – Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and carried at fair value less cost to sell. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised value of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. These assets are included in Level 3 fair value based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. At December 31, 2011, properties totaling $7,765,000 million as compared to $8,098,000 at December 31, 2010 were acquired through foreclosure and are carried at fair value less estimated selling costs based on current appraisals.
|
|
·
|
Property held for sale – This real estate property is carried in other assets as property held for sale at fair value based upon the appraised value of the property. An impairment charge of $100,000 was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011.
|
The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Cash and Cash Equivalents (carried at cost):
The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and short-term instruments approximate those assets’ fair values.
Securities:
The fair value of securities available for sale (carried at fair value) and held to maturity (carried at amortized cost) are determined by obtaining quoted market prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1), or matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices. For certain securities which are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence (Level 3). At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company determined that no active market existed for our pooled trust preferred security. This security is classified as a Level 3 investment. Management’s best estimate of fair value consists of both internal and external support on the Level 3 investment. Internal cash flow models using a present value formula that includes assumptions market participants would use along with indicative exit pricing obtained from broker/dealers (where available) were used to support the fair value of the Level 3 investment.
Restricted Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, ACBB Stock and Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund:
The carrying amount of restricted investment in FHLB, ACBB stock and the Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund approximates fair value, and considers the limited marketability of such securities.
Loans Receivable (carried at cost):
The fair values of loans, excluding impaired loans, are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market rates at the balance sheet date that reflect the credit and interest rate-risk inherent in the loans. Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity or call dates, projected repayments and prepayments of principal. Generally, for variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.
Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)
Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable (carried at cost) :
The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
Deposit Liabilities (carried at cost):
The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase (carried at cost):
The carrying amounts of these short-term borrowings approximate their fair values.
Long-term Debt (carried at cost):
Fair values of FHLB advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices for new FHLB advances with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity. These prices obtained from this active market represent a market value that is deemed to represent the transfer price if the liability were assumed by a third party.
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments (disclosed at cost):
Fair values for the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, taking into account, the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair values of such fees are not material at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)
The estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
Carrying
Amount
|
|
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Carrying
Amount
|
|
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
38,022
|
|
|
$
|
38,022
|
|
|
$
|
34,443
|
|
|
$
|
34,443
|
|
Securities available for sale
|
|
|
47,455
|
|
|
|
47,455
|
|
|
|
35,079
|
|
|
|
35,079
|
|
Securities held to maturity
|
|
|
13,105
|
|
|
|
13,222
|
|
|
|
10,829
|
|
|
|
10,643
|
|
Restricted investments
|
|
|
2,237
|
|
|
|
2,237
|
|
|
|
1,420
|
|
|
|
1,420
|
|
Loans receivable
|
|
|
522,820
|
|
|
|
516,174
|
|
|
|
506,748
|
|
|
|
507,968
|
|
Accrued interest receivable
|
|
|
1,928
|
|
|
|
1,928
|
|
|
|
1,911
|
|
|
|
1,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
553,912
|
|
|
|
556,442
|
|
|
|
524,471
|
|
|
|
526,142
|
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
|
|
16,218
|
|
|
|
16,218
|
|
|
|
14,857
|
|
|
|
14,857
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
|
|
14,950
|
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
|
|
14,649
|
|
Accrued interest payable
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Off-balance sheet financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments to extend credit and outstanding
letters of credit
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Note 19 – Shareholders’ Equity
On August 11, 2011, the Company received $12 million under the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”). The SBLF was created in the fall of 2010 as part of the Small Business Jobs Act. The SBLF provides Tier 1 capital to community banks with assets of $10 billion or less, and provides incentives for making small business loans, defined as certain loans of up to $10 million to businesses with up to $50 million in annual revenues. In exchange for the $12 million, the Company issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) 12,000 shares of its Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, having a $1,000 liquidation preference per share (the “SBLF Preferred Shares”). The SBLF Preferred Shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.
Unlike the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Plan (“TARP CPP”), under the SBLF program, Treasury did not receive any warrants in exchange for SBLF funding. Dividend rates on the SBLF Preferred Shares will be determined by the bank’s lending practices with small business loans. The Company used a portion of the proceeds of the SBLF funds to redeem the full $9.0 million of its outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, Series A, (the “TARP Preferred Shares”), previously issued to the Treasury under TARP CPP. The TARP Preferred Shares, issued under TARP CPP qualified as Tier 1 capital and paid cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years. Dividends on the TARP Preferred Shares were payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. As a result of the redemption of the TARP Preferred Shares, the Company is no longer subject to the executive compensation requirement in connection with the TARP CPP.
The terms of the SBLF Preferred Shares impose limits on the ability of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares of common stock. Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Shares, no repurchases may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or paid on preferred shares ranking pari passu with the SBLF Preferred Shares, junior preferred shares, or other junior securities (including the common stock) during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay dividends on the SBLF Preferred Shares, except that, in any such quarter in which the dividend is paid, dividend payments on shares ranking pari passu may be paid to the extent necessary to avoid any resulting material covenant breach.
Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Shares, the Company may only declare and pay a dividend on the common stock or other stock junior to the SBLF Preferred Shares, or repurchase shares of any such class or series of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, the dollar amount of the Company’s Tier 1 Capital would be at least 90% of the Signing Date Tier 1 Capital, which is approximately $54.4 million, excluding any subsequent net charge-offs and any redemption of the SBLF Preferred Shares (the “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold”). Beginning on the first day of the eleventh dividend period, the amount of the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold will be reduced by 10% for each one percent increase in qualified small business lending from the baseline level through the ninth dividend period.
Note 19 – Shareholders’ Equity (Continued)
The noncumulative dividend rate on the SBLF Preferred Shares will be adjusted to reflect the amount of a change in the Company’s qualified small business lending from its baseline, determined based upon the Company’s qualified small business lending for each of the four full quarters ending June 30, 2010. Accordingly, the dividend rate will change as follows:
|
|
Dividend Rate Following Investment Date
|
Increase in Qualified Small Business Lending
from the Baseline
|
|
First 9
Quarters*
|
|
Quarter 10
to Year 4.5
|
|
After Year
4.5
|
0% or less
|
|
5% |
|
7% |
|
9% |
More than 0%, but less than 2.5%
|
|
5% |
|
5% |
|
9% |
2.5% or more, but less than 5%
|
|
4% |
|
4% |
|
9% |
5% or more, but less than 7.5%
|
|
3% |
|
3% |
|
9% |
7.5% or more, but less than 10%
|
|
2% |
|
2% |
|
9% |
10% or more
|
|
1% |
|
1% |
|
9% |
* For the first nine quarters, the dividend rate will be adjusted quarterly.
|
|
After 10 years, if the SBLF Preferred Shares are not redeemed, the dividend rate will increase to the highest possible dividend rate as permitted by the Company’s regulators. Dividends are payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year.
On July 20, 2011, the Company’s board of directors declared a dividend distribution of one right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of the Company's common stock, to shareholders of record at the close of business on August 1, 2011 (the “Record Date”). Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $25.00, subject to adjustment, (as so adjusted, the “Exercise Price”). The Rights Agreement is designed to protect shareholders from abusive takeover tactics and attempts to acquire control of the Company at an inadequate price. The Rights are not exercisable or transferable unless certain specified events occur.
Additionally, on October 31, 2011, the Company redeemed the TARP CPP warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury for $460,000.
On November 10, 2011, the Company announced that the Board of Directors of the Company approved a 3% stock dividend, payable on December 30, 2011 to shareholders of record as of December 13, 2011.
Note 20 – Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company
Condensed financial information pertaining to the parent company, Community Partners, is as follows:
Condensed Balance Sheets
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
190
|
|
|
$
|
222
|
|
Investments in subsidiaries
|
|
|
87,031
|
|
|
|
80,043
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
87,260
|
|
|
$
|
80,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
$
|
126
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
Shareholders’ equity
|
|
|
87,134
|
|
|
|
80,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
|
|
$
|
87,260
|
|
|
$
|
80,266
|
|
Condensed Statements of Income
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
$
|
152
|
|
|
$
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before undistributed income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
4,462
|
|
|
|
3,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,308
|
|
|
$
|
3,615
|
|
Note 20 – Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company (Continued)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,308
|
|
|
$
|
3,615
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income
to net cash provided by operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
(4,462
|
)
|
|
|
(3,702
|
)
|
Stock option compensation expense
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions to subsidiary, net
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
Tax benefit of stock options exercised
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, Series C
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Preferred stock, Series C issuance costs
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Redemption of preferred stock, Series A
|
|
|
(9,000
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Redemption of preferred stock, Series A warrants
|
|
|
(460
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from employee stock purchase program
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash dividends paid on preferred stocks
|
|
|
(442
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities
|
|
|
2,390
|
|
|
|
(261
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
190
|
|
|
$
|
222
|
|
Note 21 – Summary of Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
The following summarizes the consolidated results of operations during 2011 and 2010, on a quarterly basis, for Community Partners (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
7,739
|
|
|
$
|
7,819
|
|
|
$
|
7,843
|
|
|
$
|
7,645
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,276
|
|
|
|
1,302
|
|
|
|
1,348
|
|
|
|
1,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income
|
|
|
6,463
|
|
|
|
6,517
|
|
|
|
6,495
|
|
|
|
6,333
|
|
Provision for loan losses
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
|
|
|
6,113
|
|
|
|
5,787
|
|
|
|
5,895
|
|
|
|
5,808
|
|
Non-interest income
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
436
|
|
Non-interest expense
|
|
|
4,716
|
|
|
|
4,920
|
|
|
|
5,052
|
|
|
|
4,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
1,919
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
|
|
1,711
|
|
|
|
1,458
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
|
|
1,078
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends & discount accretion
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
|
|
(402
|
)
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
1,076
|
|
|
$
|
703
|
|
|
$
|
935
|
|
|
$
|
780
|
|
Per common share data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Diluted earnings
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
7,846
|
|
|
$
|
7,987
|
|
|
$
|
7,788
|
|
|
$
|
7,658
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,381
|
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
1,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income
|
|
|
6,465
|
|
|
|
6,571
|
|
|
|
6,210
|
|
|
|
5,839
|
|
Provision for loan losses
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
|
|
|
5,715
|
|
|
|
5,621
|
|
|
|
5,510
|
|
|
|
5,139
|
|
Non-interest income
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
Non-interest expense
|
|
|
4,690
|
|
|
|
4,425
|
|
|
|
4,681
|
|
|
|
4,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
1,540
|
|
|
|
1,634
|
|
|
|
1,309
|
|
|
|
981
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
|
|
1,095
|
|
|
|
838
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends & discount accretion
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
904
|
|
|
$
|
950
|
|
|
$
|
695
|
|
|
$
|
490
|
|
Per common share data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
Diluted earnings
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
COMMUNITY PARTNERS BANCORP
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 30, 2012
|
By:
|
/s/ WILLIAM D. MOSS
|
|
|
|
William D. Moss
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ FRANK J. PATOCK, JR.
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
Frank J. Patock, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ CHARLES T. PARTON
|
|
Vice Chairman of the Board
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
Charles T. Parton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ MICHAEL W. KOSTELNIK, JR.
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
Michael W. Kostelnik, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JAMES M. BOLLERMAN
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
James M. Bollerman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBERT E. GREGORY
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
Robert E. Gregory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBERT B. GROSSMAN, MD
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
Robert B. Grossman, MD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JOHN E. HOLOBINKO, ESQ.
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
John E. Holobinko, ESQ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM F. LaMORTE
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
William F. LaMorte
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JOSEPH F.X. O’SULLIVAN
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
Joseph F.X. O’Sullivan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JOHN J. PERRI, JR. CPA
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
John J. Perri, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM STATTER
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
William Statter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ANDREW A. VITALE
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
Andrew A. Vitale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBIN ZAGER
|
|
Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
Robin Zager
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM D. MOSS
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer, Director
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
William D. Moss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ A. RICHARD ABRAHAMIAN
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
|
|
March 30, 2012
|
A Richard Abrahamian
|
|
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-51889) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 filed with the SEC on November 10, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
By-laws of the Registrant, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-51889) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 filed with the SEC on November 10, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
Specimen certificate representing the Registrant’s common stock, no par value per share (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed with the SEC on January 6, 2006 (the “January S-4/A”))
|
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
Specimen certificate representing the Registrant’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Stock, Series C, without par value (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 12, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Registrar and Transfer Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 26, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
Form of Rights Certificate of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 26, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
#
|
Community Partners Bancorp Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on February 18, 2011).
|
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
#
|
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between Two River Community Bank and William D. Moss (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
#
|
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between Two River Community Bank and Alan Turner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
#
|
Two River Community Bank 2003 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
#
|
Two River Community Bank 2003 Non-qualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
#
|
Two River Community Bank 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the S-4)
|
10.6
|
|
#
|
Two River Community Bank 2001 Non-qualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
|
Services agreement between Two River Community Bank and Phoenix International Ltd., Inc. dated November 18, 1999, and subsequent amendment #1 dated February 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
|
Services agreement between Two River Community Bank and Online Resources Corporation/Quotien, dated March 17, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
#
|
The Town Bank of Westfield 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
#
|
The Town Bank of Westfield 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
#
|
The Town Bank of Westfield 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.12
|
|
#
|
The Town Bank of Westfield 2002 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
#
|
The Town Bank of Westfield 1999 Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
#
|
The Town Bank of Westfield 2000 Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
#
|
The Town Bank of Westfield 2001 Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
|
MAC(R) Network Participation Agreement dated as of September 20, 2000 by and between The Town Bank and Money Access Service Inc. (predecessor in interest to Star Networks Inc.) (including all addenda, schedules and exhibits, as amended from time to time) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the S-4)
|
|
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
#
|
Amendment dated January 4, 2006 to The Town Bank 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the January S-4/A)
|
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
#
|
Amendment dated January 4, 2006 to The Town Bank 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the January S-4/A)
|
|
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
#
|
Amendment dated January 4, 2006 to The Town Bank 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the January S-4/A)
|
|
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
#
|
Amendment dated January 4, 2006 to The Town Bank 2002 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the January S-4/A)
|
|
|
|
|
10.21
|
|
#
|
Community Partners Bancorp 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on April 17, 2007)
|
10.22
|
|
#
|
Excise Tax Reimbursement Agreement, made as of June 1, 2007, by and between Community Partners Bancorp and William D. Moss (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 10, 2007)
|
|
|
|
|
10.23
|
|
|
Securities Purchase Agreement, effective August 11, 2011, between the Registrant and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 12, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
#
|
First Amendment to the Two River Community Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated July 7, 2005 by and between Two River Community Bank and William D. Moss, effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009 filed with the SEC on May 15, 2009)
|
|
|
|
|
10.25
|
|
#
|
First Amendment to Excise Tax Reimbursement Agreement dated on and as of June 1, 2007 by and between Community Partners Bancorp and William D. Moss, entered into as of October 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009 filed with the SEC on May 15, 2009)
|
|
|
|
|
10.26
|
|
#
|
First Amendment to the Two River Community Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated January 1, 2005 by and between Two River Community Bank and Alan B. Turner, effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009 filed with the SEC on May 15, 2009)
|
|
|
|
|
10.27
|
|
#
|
Employment Agreement, effective as of May 28, 2010, by and between Community Partners Bancorp, Two River Community Bank and William D. Moss (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010 filed with SEC on August 16, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
#
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of July 22, 2010, by and between Community Partners Bancorp, Two River Community Bank and William D. Moss (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010 filed with SEC on August 16, 2010)
|
10.29
|
|
#
|
Change in Control Agreement, effective as of June 1, 2010, by and between Community Partners Bancorp, Two River Community Bank and Alan B. Turner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010 filed with SEC on August 16, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
10.30
|
|
#
|
First Amendment to Change in Control Agreement, effective as of July 22, 2010, by and between Community Partners Bancorp, Two River Community Bank and Alan B. Turner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010 filed with SEC on August 16, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
10.31
|
|
#
|
Second Amendment to the Two River Community Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated June 11, 2010 by and between Two River Community Bank and William D. Moss, effective as of June 1, 2010(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010 filed with SEC on August 16, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
10.32
|
|
#
|
Third Amendment to the Two River Community Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated June 11, 2010 by and between Two River Community Bank and Alan B. Turner, effective as of June 1, 2010(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010 filed with SEC on August 16, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
10.33
|
|
#
|
Change in Control Agreement, effective as of July 20, 2010, by and between Community Partners Bancorp, Two River Community Bank and A. Richard Abrahamian (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010 filed with SEC on August 16, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
10.34
|
|
#
|
Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2010, by and between Community Partners Bancorp, Two River Community Bank and William D. Moss and supplemented effective October 20, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2010 filed with SEC on November 15, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
10.35
|
|
#
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2010 filed with SEC on November 15, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
10.36
|
|
#
|
Change in Control Agreement, effective as of April 20, 2011, by and between Community Partners Bancorp, Two River Community Bank and Robert C. Werner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on April 21, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
*
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
*
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
*
|
Certification of William D. Moss, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
|
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
*
|
Certification of A. Richard Abrahamian, Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
|
32
|
|
*
|
Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by William D. Moss, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, and A. Richard Abrahamian, Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant
|
|
|
|
|
99.1
|
|
*
|
Certification of William D. Moss, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, under Section 111(b)(4) of EESA
|
|
|
|
|
99.2
|
|
*
|
Certification of A. Richard Abrahamian, Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, under Section 111(b)(4) of EESA
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.INS**
|
|
XBRL Instance Document
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.SCH**
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.CAL**
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.DEF**
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.LAB**
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.PRE**
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability.
|
# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
59